GemBox.Presentation
Represents a type that specifies what should happen when the user clicks on a drawing or a text or hovers over a drawing or a text with a pointing device such as a computer mouse.
Hyperlinks Example
Gets the type of the action.
The type of the action.
Gets the target of the action.
The target of the action.
Value is an instance of a , if is ;
instance of a , if is ;
instance of a , if is , , , , or ;
, for any other value.
Gets a value indicating whether to return to the current slide show after the specified custom slide show has ended.
Applicable only if is .
to return to the current slide show after the specified custom slide show has ended; otherwise, .
Gets a value that specifies the slide index from which the other presentation slide show should start.
Applicable only if is .
A value that specifies the slide index from which the other presentation slide show should start.
Gets a value that specifies the slide title of the first slide in the other presentation slide show.
Applicable only if is .
A value that specifies the slide title of the first slide in the other presentation slide show.
Gets or sets the sound to be played when the action is activated.
Default value is indicating that no sound shall be played when the action is activated.
To remove a sound from this action, set this property to .
The sound to be played when the action is activated.
Sound is always stored in a Waveform Audio File Format () stream that is embedded in the presentation.
Do not set any member on the returned because they are not supported in this context (for example, they won't be saved to a PPTX file).
To set a sound for the action, either use this property or the method.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the application should highlight the current drawing or text when it is clicked or hovered over.
Default value is .
if the application should highlight the current drawing or text when it is clicked or hovered over; otherwise, .
Gets or sets the tooltip that should be displayed when the current drawing or text is hovered over with a pointing device such as a computer mouse.
Default value is .
The tooltip that should be displayed when the current drawing or text is hovered over with a pointing device such as a computer mouse.
If this property is not set, then the application might display hyperlink text as a tooltip.
Gets or sets the target frame that is to be used when opening this hyperlink.
When the hyperlink is activated this property is used to determine if a new window is launched for viewing or if an existing one can be used.
Default value is .
The target frame that is to be used when opening this hyperlink.
If this property is not set, then the application opens a new window.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to stop all previous sounds when this action is activated.
to stop all previous sounds when this action is activated; otherwise, .
Sets the action to the current drawing or text.
Type of the action.
The action parameters. See documentation for a list of a required and optional parameters for each type of the action.
Specified action is not supported in the current context.
Specifies the sound to be played when the action is activated.
An audio stream in a Waveform Audio File Format ().
The sound to be played when the action is activated.
is .
is not readable.
Sound is always stored in a Waveform Audio File Format () stream that is embedded in the presentation.
Do not set any member on the returned because they are not supported in this context (for example, they won't be saved to a PPTX file).
To set a sound for the action, either use this method or the property.
Specifies the sound to be played when the action is activated.
An audio stream in a Waveform Audio File Format ().
An original name or a given short name used to distinguish this sound from others by providing a human readable name for the attached sound should the user need to identify the sound among others within the UI.
The sound to be played when the action is activated.
is .
is not readable.
Sound is always stored in a Waveform Audio File Format () stream that is embedded in the presentation.
Do not set any member on the returned because they are not supported in this context (for example, they won't be saved to a PPTX file).
To set a sound for the action, either use this method or the property.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Represents a type that contains click and hover actions for a specific drawing or text.
Hyperlinks Example
Gets or sets the action that specifies what should happen when the user clicks on the drawing or text with a pointing device such as a computer mouse.
To remove a click action from the drawing or text, set this property to .
The action that specifies what should happen when the user clicks on the drawing or text with a pointing device such as a computer mouse.
Specified action is not supported in the current context.
Action's target is not contained in the same presentation as the current drawing or text.
When setting a value, instance of a won't actually be stored in this drawing or text, but the data to which the instance points to will be copied. This enables easy copying of complex properties from one drawing / text to another.
Gets or sets the action that specifies what should happen when the user hovers over the drawing or text with a pointing device such as a computer mouse.
To remove a click action from the drawing or text, set this property to .
The action that specifies what should happen when the user hovers over the drawing or text with a pointing device such as a computer mouse.
Specified action is not supported in the current context.
Action's target is not contained in the same presentation as the current drawing or text.
When setting a value, instance of a won't actually be stored in this drawing or text, but the data to which the instance points to will be copied. This enables easy copying of complex properties from one drawing / text to another.
Represents actions that could happen when the user clicks on a drawing or hovers over a drawing with a pointing device such as a computer mouse.
Hyperlinks Example
Nothing happens when drawing is clicked or hovered over.
This action has no parameters.
Slide show jumps to the next slide.
This action has no parameters.
Slide show jumps to the previous slide.
This action has no parameters.
Slide show jumps to the first slide.
This action has no parameters.
Slide show jumps to the last slide.
This action has no parameters.
Slide show jumps to the last slide viewed.
This action has no parameters.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
Ends the slide show.
This action has no parameters.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
Start the specified custom slide show with an option to return to the current slide show after the specified custom slide show has ended.
This action has the following parameters:
1. required parameter: instance of a that specifies the custom slide show that should start. The specified must be contained in the same as the current ; otherwise, exception is thrown.
2. optional parameter: value that specifies whether to return to the current slide show after the specified custom slide show has ended ( value) or to end the current slide show after the specified custom slide show has ended ( value).
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
Slide show jumps to the specified slide.
This action has the following parameter:
1. required parameter: instance of a that specifies the slide to which the slide show should jump to. The specified must be contained in the same as the current ; otherwise, exception is thrown.
Opens the specified web page or an application (such as an e-mail client, if specified URL starts with mailto:).
This action has the following parameter:
1. required parameter: instance of a that specifies the URL that should be opened. The specified URL should not be or ; otherwise, exception is thrown. The specified URL should start with a scheme (such as http://, https://, or mailto:) and should be unescaped.
Shows the specified presentation with an option to start other presentation show from the specified slide index and with the specified slide title.
This action has the following parameters:
1. required parameter: instance of a that specifies the path to the presentation that should be shown. The specified path should not be or ; otherwise, exception is thrown.
2. optional parameter: value that specifies the slide index from which the other presentation slide show should start.
2. optional parameter: value that specifies the slide title of the first slide in the other presentation slide show.
Opens the specified file.
This action has the following parameter:
1. required parameter: instance of a that specifies the path to the file that should be opened. The specified path should not be or ; otherwise, exception is thrown.
Runs the specified program.
This action has the following parameter:
1. required parameter: instance of a that specifies the path to the program that should be run. The specified path should not be or ; otherwise, exception is thrown.
Runs the specified macro (Visual Basic procedure).
This action has the following parameter:
1. required parameter: instance of a that specifies the name to the macro that should be run. The specified name should not be or ; otherwise, exception is thrown.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
Plays the media (for example, video or audio) associated with the current drawing.
This action has no parameters.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
Executes an action (for example, open object or edit object) on an OLE object associated with the current drawing.
This action has the following parameter:
1. required parameter: instance of a that specifies the parameters (for example, 'verb=0' or 'verb=1') of the action that should be executed. The specified parameter should not be or ; otherwise, exception is thrown.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
Represents a base type for all slide types that can be animated.
Returns a unique ID number for the specified slide.
Gets the kind of slide transition that should be used to transition to the current slide from the previous slide.
The kind of slide transition that should be used to transition to the current slide from the previous slide.
Slide Transition Example
Represents a dictionary that contains key and value pairs.
values cannot be or .
Built-in and custom document properties are contained in class which is used in PresentationDocument.DocumentProperties property.
Document Properties Example
Enumeration of available built-in document properties.
enumeration is used as a keys in dictionary.
Built-in and custom document properties are contained in class which is used in PresentationDocument.DocumentProperties property.
Document Properties Example
Title of the document.
Name of the document's author.
Subject of the document.
Document comments.
UTC time of creation of the document.
UTC time on which the document was last printed.
UTC time on which the document was last modified/saved.
Category of the document.
Status of the document.
Document keywords.
Name of the last author.
Manager.
Company.
Base hyperlink.
Application.
Represents a text caps (capitalization) type.
No caps are applied to the text.
Apply small caps to the text. All letters are converted to lower case.
Apply all caps on the text. All lower case letters are converted to upper case.
Represents a chart.
Chart is an element that represents data in graphical form.
In order to create, edit, or export charts, the GemBox.Spreadsheet library needs to be loaded. Without it, charts will be preserved instead of being loaded.
For more information, see charts example.
Charts example
Gets the actual chart as an instance of GemBox.Spreadsheet.Charts.ExcelChart.
The actual chart as an instance of GemBox.Spreadsheet.Charts.ExcelChart.
Gets the frame that contains this chart.
The frame that contains this chart.
Gets the of this chart.
The of this chart.
Represents the grouping of a chart series for each category in a chart.
Chart series are drawn on the value axis. Not applicable for ColumnChart and BarChart.
Chart series are drawn next to each other along the category axis. Applicable only for ColumnChart and BarChart.
Chart series are drawn next to each other on the value axis.
Use it to compare the contribution of each value to a total across categories.
This value is currently supported only by ColumnChart and BarChart when exporting a chart to PDF, XPS, or image formats. This value is exported as for all other chart types.
Chart series are drawn next to each other along the value axis and scaled to total 100%.
Use it to compare the percentage that each value contributes to a total across categories.
This value is currently not supported when exporting a chart to PDF, XPS, or image formats. This value is exported as for ColumnChart and BarChart and as for all other chart types.
Represents a chart type.
Chart type whose series values are drawn using vertical rectangles.
Chart type whose series values are drawn using horizontal rectangles.
Chart type whose series values are drawn using lines.
Chart type whose series values are drawn using filled areas.
Chart type whose single series values are drawn as filled arcs in a pie-like form.
Chart type which combines different chart types in a single chart.
Chart type whose series x and y values are drawn using lines.
Chart type whose series values are drawn as filled arcs in a doughtnut-like form.
Chart type whose series are drawn as lines or filled areas in a radar-like form.
A context used when cloning objects to maintain object reference mapping or to change a behavior of a cloning process.
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Gets the source presentation that contains the objects that will be cloned.
The source presentation that contains the objects that will be cloned.
Gets the destination presentation where the cloned objects will be contained.
The destination presentation where the cloned objects will be contained.
Creates the cloning context that can be used to maintain object reference mapping or to change a behavior of a cloning process.
The source presentation that contains the objects that will be cloned.
The destination presentation where the cloned objects will be contained.
An instance of a type that can be used to maintain object reference mapping or to change a behavior of a cloning process.
or is .
Sets the mapping between the specified and objects.
Either , , or .
The source object.
The destination object.
or is .
Either or object type is not supported for the mapping operation or objects are not contained in the appropriate or .
Gets the destination object (either clone or mapped) for the specified source object.
Either , , or .
The source object.
the destination object (either clone or mapped) for the specified source object or .
is .
object type is not supported for the mapping operation or it is not contained in the appropriate .
Represents a base non-generic type for all collection types in the GemBox.Presentation assembly.
Gets the number of items contained in the collection.
The number of items contained in the collection.
Gets the item at the specified index.
The item at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the item to get.
The item at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Removes the item at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the item to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Removes all items from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
An for the collection.
Represents a base type for all collection types in the GemBox.Presentation assembly.
The type of elements in the collection.
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The to insert into the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
An for the collection.
Represents a color.
Creates a new color instance from the specified color name.
The color name.
A color instance with the specified name.
Creates a new color instance from the specified color name and luminance.
The color name.
The luminance (-1 = darkest, 0 = none, 1 = lightest).
A color instance with the specified name and luminance.
Creates a new color instance from the specified color name, luminance and transparency.
The color name.
The luminance (-1 = darkest, 0 = none, 1 = lightest).
The transparency (0 = fully opaque, 1 = fully transparent).
A color instance with the specified name, luminance and transparency.
Initializes a new instance of the struct.
The string that represents the color in the format #AARRGGBB or #RRGGBB where
AA is the byte that represents the alpha component.
RR is the byte that represents the red component,
GG is the byte that represents the green component and
BB is the byte that represents the blue component.
Creates a new color instance from the specified Red, Green and Blue components.
The Red component (from 0 to 255).
The Green component (from 0 to 255).
The Blue component (from 0 to 255).
A new color instance from the specified Red, Green and Blue components.
Creates a new color instance from the specified Red, Green and Blue components and transparency.
The Red component (from 0 to 255).
The Green component (from 0 to 255).
The Blue component (from 0 to 255).
The transparency (0 = fully opaque, 1 = fully transparent).
A new color instance from the specified Red, Green and Blue components and transparency.
Creates a new color instance from the specified Hue, Saturation and Lightness components.
The Hue component (from 0 to 255).
The Saturation component (from 0 to 255).
The Lightness component (from 0 to 255).
A new color instance from the specified Hue, Saturation and Lightness components.
Creates a new color instance from the specified Hue, Saturation and Lightness components and transparency.
The Hue component (from 0 to 255).
The Saturation component (from 0 to 255).
The Lightness component (from 0 to 255).
The transparency (0 = fully opaque, 1 = fully transparent).
A new color instance from the specified Hue, Saturation and Lightness components and transparency.
Gets the color name.
The color name.
Gets the color opacity (0 = fully transparent, 255 = fully opaque).
The color opacity.
Gets the Red component (from 0 to 255).
The Red component.
Gets the Green component (from 0 to 255).
The Green component.
Gets the Blue component (from 0 to 255).
The Blue component.
Gets the Opacity, Red, Green and Blue components in a single value.
The Opacity, Red, Green and Blue components in a single value.
Determines whether the is equal to this instance.
The other color to compare with this color instance.
if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this color instance.
if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Returns a hash code for this instance.
An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
Determines whether and s are equal.
The first color.
The second color.
if and colors are equal; otherwise, .
Determines whether and s are not equal.
The first color.
The second color.
if and colors are not equal; otherwise, .
Represents a color name.
The 'Empty' color.
The 'Custom' color.
The 'Transparent' color. Values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).
Standard 'Alice Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0xF0F8FF, RGB = (240, 248, 255), HSL = (147, 255, 248).
Standard 'Antique White' color. Values: RGB = 0xFAEBD7, RGB = (250, 235, 215), HSL = (24, 198, 233).
Standard 'Aqua' color. Values: RGB = 0x00FFFF, RGB = (0, 255, 255), HSL = (128, 255, 128).
Standard 'Aquamarine' color. Values: RGB = 0x7FFFD4, RGB = (127, 255, 212), HSL = (113, 255, 191).
Standard 'Azure' color. Values: RGB = 0xF0FFFF, RGB = (240, 255, 255), HSL = (128, 255, 248).
Standard 'Beige' color. Values: RGB = 0xF5F5DC, RGB = (245, 245, 220), HSL = (43, 142, 233).
Standard 'Bisque' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFE4C4, RGB = (255, 228, 196), HSL = (23, 255, 226).
Standard 'Black' color. Values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).
Standard 'Blanched Almond' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFEBCD, RGB = (255, 235, 205), HSL = (25, 255, 230).
Standard 'Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x0000FF, RGB = (0, 0, 255), HSL = (170, 255, 128).
Standard 'Blue Violet' color. Values: RGB = 0x8A2BE2, RGB = (138, 43, 226), HSL = (192, 194, 135).
Standard 'Brown' color. Values: RGB = 0xA52A2A, RGB = (165, 42, 42), HSL = (0, 152, 104).
Standard 'Burly Wood' color. Values: RGB = 0xDEB887, RGB = (222, 184, 135), HSL = (24, 145, 179).
Standard 'Cadet Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x5F9EA0, RGB = (95, 158, 160), HSL = (129, 65, 128).
Standard 'Chartreuse' color. Values: RGB = 0x7FFF00, RGB = (127, 255, 0), HSL = (64, 255, 128).
Standard 'Chocolate' color. Values: RGB = 0xD2691E, RGB = (210, 105, 30), HSL = (18, 191, 120).
Standard 'Coral' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF7F50, RGB = (255, 127, 80), HSL = (11, 255, 168).
Standard 'Cornflower Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x6495ED, RGB = (100, 149, 237), HSL = (155, 202, 169).
Standard 'Cornsilk' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFF8DC, RGB = (255, 248, 220), HSL = (34, 255, 238).
Standard 'Crimson' color. Values: RGB = 0xDC143C, RGB = (220, 20, 60), HSL = (247, 213, 120).
Standard 'Dark Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x00008B, RGB = (0, 0, 139), HSL = (170, 255, 70).
Standard 'Dark Cyan' color. Values: RGB = 0x008B8B, RGB = (0, 139, 139), HSL = (128, 255, 70).
Standard 'Dark Goldenrod' color. Values: RGB = 0xB8860B, RGB = (184, 134, 11), HSL = (30, 226, 98).
Standard 'Dark Gray' color. Values: RGB = 0xA9A9A9, RGB = (169, 169, 169), HSL = (0, 0, 169).
Standard 'Dark Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x006400, RGB = (0, 100, 0), HSL = (85, 255, 50).
Standard 'Dark Khaki' color. Values: RGB = 0xBDB76B, RGB = (189, 183, 107), HSL = (39, 98, 148).
Standard 'Dark Magenta' color. Values: RGB = 0x8B008B, RGB = (139, 0, 139), HSL = (213, 255, 70).
Standard 'Dark Olive Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x556B2F, RGB = (85, 107, 47), HSL = (58, 99, 77).
Standard 'Dark Orange' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF8C00, RGB = (255, 140, 0), HSL = (23, 255, 128).
Standard 'Dark Orchid' color. Values: RGB = 0x9932CC, RGB = (153, 50, 204), HSL = (198, 155, 127).
Standard 'Dark Red' color. Values: RGB = 0x8B0000, RGB = (139, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 255, 70).
Standard 'Dark Salmon' color. Values: RGB = 0xE9967A, RGB = (233, 150, 122), HSL = (11, 183, 178).
Standard 'Dark Sea Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x8FBC8F, RGB = (143, 188, 143), HSL = (85, 64, 166).
Standard 'Dark Slate Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x483D8B, RGB = (72, 61, 139), HSL = (176, 99, 100).
Standard 'Dark Slate Gray' color. Values: RGB = 0x2F4F4F, RGB = (47, 79, 79), HSL = (128, 65, 63).
Standard 'Dark Turquoise' color. Values: RGB = 0x00CED1, RGB = (0, 206, 209), HSL = (128, 255, 105).
Standard 'Dark Violet' color. Values: RGB = 0x9400D3, RGB = (148, 0, 211), HSL = (200, 255, 106).
Standard 'Deep Pink' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF1493, RGB = (255, 20, 147), HSL = (232, 255, 138).
Standard 'Deep Sky Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x00BFFF, RGB = (0, 191, 255), HSL = (138, 255, 128).
Standard 'Dim Gray' color. Values: RGB = 0x696969, RGB = (105, 105, 105), HSL = (0, 0, 105).
Standard 'Dodger Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x1E90FF, RGB = (30, 144, 255), HSL = (148, 255, 143).
Standard 'Firebrick' color. Values: RGB = 0xB22222, RGB = (178, 34, 34), HSL = (0, 173, 106).
Standard 'Floral White' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFFAF0, RGB = (255, 250, 240), HSL = (28, 255, 248).
Standard 'Forest Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x228B22, RGB = (34, 139, 34), HSL = (85, 155, 86).
Standard 'Gainsboro' color. Values: RGB = 0xDCDCDC, RGB = (220, 220, 220), HSL = (0, 0, 220).
Standard 'Ghost White' color. Values: RGB = 0xF8F8FF, RGB = (248, 248, 255), HSL = (170, 255, 252).
Standard 'Gold' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFD700, RGB = (255, 215, 0), HSL = (36, 255, 128).
Standard 'Goldenrod' color. Values: RGB = 0xDAA520, RGB = (218, 165, 32), HSL = (30, 190, 125).
Standard 'Gray' color. Values: RGB = 0x808080, RGB = (128, 128, 128), HSL = (0, 0, 128).
Standard 'Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x008000, RGB = (0, 128, 0), HSL = (85, 255, 64).
Standard 'Green Yellow' color. Values: RGB = 0xADFF2F, RGB = (173, 255, 47), HSL = (59, 255, 151).
Standard 'Honeydew' color. Values: RGB = 0xF0FFF0, RGB = (240, 255, 240), HSL = (85, 255, 248).
Standard 'Hot Pink' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF69B4, RGB = (255, 105, 180), HSL = (234, 255, 180).
Standard 'Indian Red' color. Values: RGB = 0xCD5C5C, RGB = (205, 92, 92), HSL = (0, 135, 149).
Standard 'Indigo' color. Values: RGB = 0x4B0082, RGB = (75, 0, 130), HSL = (195, 255, 65).
Standard 'Ivory' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFFFF0, RGB = (255, 255, 240), HSL = (43, 255, 248).
Standard 'Khaki' color. Values: RGB = 0xF0E68C, RGB = (240, 230, 140), HSL = (38, 196, 190).
Standard 'Lavender' color. Values: RGB = 0xE6E6FA, RGB = (230, 230, 250), HSL = (170, 170, 240).
Standard 'Lavender Blush' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFF0F5, RGB = (255, 240, 245), HSL = (241, 255, 248).
Standard 'Lawn Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x7CFC00, RGB = (124, 252, 0), HSL = (64, 255, 126).
Standard 'Lemon Chiffon' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFFACD, RGB = (255, 250, 205), HSL = (38, 255, 230).
Standard 'Light Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0xADD8E6, RGB = (173, 216, 230), HSL = (138, 136, 202).
Standard 'Light Coral' color. Values: RGB = 0xF08080, RGB = (240, 128, 128), HSL = (0, 201, 184).
Standard 'Light Cyan' color. Values: RGB = 0xE0FFFF, RGB = (224, 255, 255), HSL = (128, 255, 240).
Standard 'Light Goldenrod Yellow' color. Values: RGB = 0xFAFAD2, RGB = (250, 250, 210), HSL = (43, 204, 230).
Standard 'Light Gray' color. Values: RGB = 0xD3D3D3, RGB = (211, 211, 211), HSL = (0, 0, 211).
Standard 'Light Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x90EE90, RGB = (144, 238, 144), HSL = (85, 187, 191).
Standard 'Light Pink' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFB6C1, RGB = (255, 182, 193), HSL = (249, 255, 219).
Standard 'Light Salmon' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFA07A, RGB = (255, 160, 122), HSL = (12, 255, 189).
Standard 'Light Sea Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x20B2AA, RGB = (32, 178, 170), HSL = (125, 177, 105).
Standard 'Light Sky Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x87CEFA, RGB = (135, 206, 250), HSL = (144, 235, 193).
Standard 'Light Slate Gray' color. Values: RGB = 0x778899, RGB = (119, 136, 153), HSL = (149, 36, 136).
Standard 'Light Steel Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0xB0C4DE, RGB = (176, 196, 222), HSL = (152, 105, 199).
Standard 'Light Yellow' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFFFE0, RGB = (255, 255, 224), HSL = (43, 255, 240).
Standard 'Lime' color. Values: RGB = 0x00FF00, RGB = (0, 255, 0), HSL = (85, 255, 128).
Standard 'Lime Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x32CD32, RGB = (50, 205, 50), HSL = (85, 155, 128).
Standard 'Linen' color. Values: RGB = 0xFAF0E6, RGB = (250, 240, 230), HSL = (21, 170, 240).
Standard 'Magenta' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF00FF, RGB = (255, 0, 255), HSL = (213, 255, 128).
Standard 'Maroon' color. Values: RGB = 0x800000, RGB = (128, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 255, 64).
Standard 'Medium Aquamarine' color. Values: RGB = 0x66CDAA, RGB = (102, 205, 170), HSL = (113, 129, 154).
Standard 'Medium Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x0000CD, RGB = (0, 0, 205), HSL = (170, 255, 103).
Standard 'Medium Orchid' color. Values: RGB = 0xBA55D3, RGB = (186, 85, 211), HSL = (204, 150, 148).
Standard 'Medium Purple' color. Values: RGB = 0x9370DB, RGB = (147, 112, 219), HSL = (184, 152, 165).
Standard 'Medium Sea Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x3CB371, RGB = (60, 179, 113), HSL = (104, 127, 120).
Standard 'Medium Slate Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x7B68EE, RGB = (123, 104, 238), HSL = (176, 203, 171).
Standard 'Medium Spring Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x00FA9A, RGB = (0, 250, 154), HSL = (111, 255, 125).
Standard 'Medium Turquoise' color. Values: RGB = 0x48D1CC, RGB = (72, 209, 204), HSL = (126, 153, 141).
Standard 'Medium Violet Red' color. Values: RGB = 0xC71585, RGB = (199, 21, 133), HSL = (228, 206, 110).
Standard 'Midnight Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x191970, RGB = (25, 25, 112), HSL = (170, 162, 69).
Standard 'Mint Cream' color. Values: RGB = 0xF5FFFA, RGB = (245, 255, 250), HSL = (106, 255, 250).
Standard 'Misty Rose' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFE4E1, RGB = (255, 228, 225), HSL = (4, 255, 240).
Standard 'Moccasin' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFE4B5, RGB = (255, 228, 181), HSL = (27, 255, 218).
Standard 'Navajo White' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFDEAD, RGB = (255, 222, 173), HSL = (25, 255, 214).
Standard 'Navy' color. Values: RGB = 0x000080, RGB = (0, 0, 128), HSL = (170, 255, 64).
Standard 'Old Lace' color. Values: RGB = 0xFDF5E6, RGB = (253, 245, 230), HSL = (28, 217, 242).
Standard 'Olive' color. Values: RGB = 0x808000, RGB = (128, 128, 0), HSL = (43, 255, 64).
Standard 'Olive Drab' color. Values: RGB = 0x6B8E23, RGB = (107, 142, 35), HSL = (56, 154, 89).
Standard 'Orange' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFA500, RGB = (255, 165, 0), HSL = (28, 255, 128).
Standard 'Orange Red' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF4500, RGB = (255, 69, 0), HSL = (12, 255, 128).
Standard 'Orchid' color. Values: RGB = 0xDA70D6, RGB = (218, 112, 214), HSL = (214, 150, 165).
Standard 'Pale Goldenrod' color. Values: RGB = 0xEEE8AA, RGB = (238, 232, 170), HSL = (39, 170, 204).
Standard 'Pale Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x98FB98, RGB = (152, 251, 152), HSL = (85, 236, 202).
Standard 'Pale Turquoise' color. Values: RGB = 0xAFEEEE, RGB = (175, 238, 238), HSL = (128, 166, 207).
Standard 'Pale Violet Red' color. Values: RGB = 0xDB7093, RGB = (219, 112, 147), HSL = (241, 152, 165).
Standard 'Papaya Whip' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFEFD5, RGB = (255, 239, 213), HSL = (26, 255, 234).
Standard 'Peach Puff' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFDAB9, RGB = (255, 218, 185), HSL = (20, 255, 220).
Standard 'Peru' color. Values: RGB = 0xCD853F, RGB = (205, 133, 63), HSL = (21, 150, 134).
Standard 'Pink' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFC0CB, RGB = (255, 192, 203), HSL = (248, 255, 224).
Standard 'Plum' color. Values: RGB = 0xDDA0DD, RGB = (221, 160, 221), HSL = (213, 121, 191).
Standard 'Powder Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0xB0E0E6, RGB = (176, 224, 230), HSL = (132, 132, 203).
Standard 'Purple' color. Values: RGB = 0x800080, RGB = (128, 0, 128), HSL = (213, 255, 64).
Standard 'Red' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF0000, RGB = (255, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 255, 128).
Standard 'Rosy Brown' color. Values: RGB = 0xBC8F8F, RGB = (188, 143, 143), HSL = (0, 64, 166).
Standard 'Royal Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x4169E1, RGB = (65, 105, 225), HSL = (159, 185, 145).
Standard 'Saddle Brown' color. Values: RGB = 0x8B4513, RGB = (139, 69, 19), HSL = (18, 194, 79).
Standard 'Salmon' color. Values: RGB = 0xFA8072, RGB = (250, 128, 114), HSL = (4, 238, 182).
Standard 'Sandy Brown' color. Values: RGB = 0xF4A460, RGB = (244, 164, 96), HSL = (20, 222, 170).
Standard 'Sea Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x2E8B57, RGB = (46, 139, 87), HSL = (104, 128, 93).
Standard 'Sea Shell' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFF5EE, RGB = (255, 245, 238), HSL = (18, 255, 247).
Standard 'Sienna' color. Values: RGB = 0xA0522D, RGB = (160, 82, 45), HSL = (14, 143, 103).
Standard 'Silver' color. Values: RGB = 0xC0C0C0, RGB = (192, 192, 192), HSL = (0, 0, 192).
Standard 'Sky Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x87CEEB, RGB = (135, 206, 235), HSL = (140, 182, 185).
Standard 'Slate Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x6A5ACD, RGB = (106, 90, 205), HSL = (176, 136, 148).
Standard 'Slate Gray' color. Values: RGB = 0x708090, RGB = (112, 128, 144), HSL = (149, 32, 128).
Standard 'Snow' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFFAFA, RGB = (255, 250, 250), HSL = (0, 255, 253).
Standard 'Spring Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x00FF7F, RGB = (0, 255, 127), HSL = (106, 255, 128).
Standard 'Steel Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x4682B4, RGB = (70, 130, 180), HSL = (147, 112, 125).
Standard 'Tan' color. Values: RGB = 0xD2B48C, RGB = (210, 180, 140), HSL = (24, 112, 175).
Standard 'Teal' color. Values: RGB = 0x008080, RGB = (0, 128, 128), HSL = (128, 255, 64).
Standard 'Thistle' color. Values: RGB = 0xD8BFD8, RGB = (216, 191, 216), HSL = (213, 62, 204).
Standard 'Tomato' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF6347, RGB = (255, 99, 71), HSL = (6, 255, 163).
Standard 'Turquoise' color. Values: RGB = 0x40E0D0, RGB = (64, 224, 208), HSL = (123, 184, 144).
Standard 'Violet' color. Values: RGB = 0xEE82EE, RGB = (238, 130, 238), HSL = (213, 194, 184).
Standard 'Wheat' color. Values: RGB = 0xF5DEB3, RGB = (245, 222, 179), HSL = (28, 196, 212).
Standard 'White' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFFFFF, RGB = (255, 255, 255), HSL = (0, 0, 255).
Standard 'White Smoke' color. Values: RGB = 0xF5F5F5, RGB = (245, 245, 245), HSL = (0, 0, 245).
Standard 'Yellow' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFFF00, RGB = (255, 255, 0), HSL = (43, 255, 128).
Standard 'Yellow Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x9ACD32, RGB = (154, 205, 50), HSL = (56, 155, 128).
Theme 'Style' color. A color used in theme definitions which means to use the color of the style. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).
Theme 'Dark 1' color. Main dark color 1. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).
Theme 'Light 1' color. Main light color 1. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0xFFFFFF, RGB = (255, 255, 255), HSL = (0, 0, 255).
Theme 'Dark 2' color. Main dark color 2. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x1F497D, RGB = (31, 73, 125), HSL = (151, 154, 78).
Theme 'Light 2' color. Main light color 2. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0xEEECE1, RGB = (238, 236, 225), HSL = (36, 71, 232).
Theme 'Accent 1' color. Extra theme color 1. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x4F81BD, RGB = (79, 129, 189), HSL = (151, 116, 134).
Theme 'Accent 2' color. Extra theme color 2. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0xC0504D, RGB = (192, 80, 77), HSL = (1, 122, 135).
Theme 'Accent 3' color. Extra theme color 3. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x9BBB59, RGB = (155, 187, 89), HSL = (56, 107, 138).
Theme 'Accent 4' color. Extra theme color 4. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x8064A2, RGB = (128, 100, 162), HSL = (189, 64, 131).
Theme 'Accent 5' color. Extra theme color 5. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x4BACC6, RGB = (75, 172, 198), HSL = (136, 132, 137).
Theme 'Accent 6' color. Extra theme color 6. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0xF79646, RGB = (247, 150, 70), HSL = (19, 234, 159).
Theme 'Hyperlink' color. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x0000FF, RGB = (0, 0, 255), HSL = (170, 255, 128).
Theme 'Followed Hyperlink' color. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x800080, RGB = (128, 0, 128), HSL = (213, 255, 64).
Theme 'Background 1' color. Semantic background color. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0xFFFFFF, RGB = (255, 255, 255), HSL = (0, 0, 255).
Theme 'Text 1' color. Semantic text color. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).
Theme 'Background 2' color. Semantic additional background color. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0xEEECE1, RGB = (238, 236, 225), HSL = (36, 71, 232).
Theme 'Text 2' color. Semantic additional text color. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x1F497D, RGB = (31, 73, 125), HSL = (151, 154, 78).
System '3D Dark' color. Specifies a Dark shadow color for three-dimensional display elements. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x696969, RGB = (105, 105, 105), HSL = (0, 0, 105).
System '3D Light' color. Specifies a Light color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing the light source). Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xE3E3E3, RGB = (227, 227, 227), HSL = (0, 0, 227).
System 'Active Border' color. Specifies an Active Window Border Color. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xB4B4B4, RGB = (180, 180, 180), HSL = (0, 0, 180).
System 'Active Caption' color. Specifies the active window title bar color. In particular the left side color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar if the gradient effect is enabled. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x99B4D1, RGB = (153, 180, 209), HSL = (150, 96, 181).
System 'Application Workspace' color. Specifies the Background color of multiple document interface (MDI) applications. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xABABAB, RGB = (171, 171, 171), HSL = (0, 0, 171).
System 'Background' color. Specifies the desktop background color. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).
System 'Button Face' color. Specifies the face color for three-dimensional display elements and for dialog box backgrounds. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xF0F0F0, RGB = (240, 240, 240), HSL = (0, 0, 240).
System 'Button Highlight' color. Specifies the highlight color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing the light source). Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xFFFFFF, RGB = (255, 255, 255), HSL = (0, 0, 255).
System 'Button Shadow' color. Specifies the shadow color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing away from the light source). Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xA0A0A0, RGB = (160, 160, 160), HSL = (0, 0, 160).
System 'Button Text' color. Specifies the color of text on push buttons. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).
System 'Caption Text' color. Specifies the color of text in the caption, size box, and scroll bar arrow box. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).
System 'Gradient Active Caption' color. Specifies the right side color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xB9D1EA, RGB = (185, 209, 234), HSL = (149, 137, 210).
System 'Gradient Inactive Caption' color. Specifies the right side color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xD7E4F2, RGB = (215, 228, 242), HSL = (150, 130, 228).
System 'Gray Text' color. Specifies a grayed (disabled) text. This color is set to 0 if the current display driver does not support a solid gray color. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x6D6D6D, RGB = (109, 109, 109), HSL = (0, 0, 109).
System 'Highlight' color. Specifies the color of Item(s) selected in a control. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x3399FF, RGB = (51, 153, 255), HSL = (149, 255, 153).
System 'Highlight Text' color. Specifies the text color of item(s) selected in a control. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xFFFFFF, RGB = (255, 255, 255), HSL = (0, 0, 255).
System 'Hot Light' color. Specifies the color for a hyperlink or hot-tracked item. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x0066CC, RGB = (0, 102, 204), HSL = (149, 255, 102).
System 'Inactive Border' color. Specifies the color of the Inactive window border. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xF4F7FC, RGB = (244, 247, 252), HSL = (154, 146, 248).
System 'Inactive Caption' color. Specifies the color of the Inactive window caption. Specifies the left side color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar if the gradient effect is enabled. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xBFCDDB, RGB = (191, 205, 219), HSL = (149, 71, 205).
System 'Inactive Caption Text' color. Specifies the color of text in an inactive caption. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x434E54, RGB = (67, 78, 84), HSL = (142, 29, 76).
System 'Info Back' color. Specifies the background color for tooltip controls. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xFFFFE1, RGB = (255, 255, 225), HSL = (43, 255, 240).
System 'Info Text' color. Specifies the text color for tooltip controls. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).
System 'Menu' color. Specifies the menu background color. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xF0F0F0, RGB = (240, 240, 240), HSL = (0, 0, 240).
System 'Menu Bar' color. Specifies the background color for the menu bar when menus appear as flat menus. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xF0F0F0, RGB = (240, 240, 240), HSL = (0, 0, 240).
System 'Menu Highlight' color. Specifies the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x3399FF, RGB = (51, 153, 255), HSL = (149, 255, 153).
System 'Menu Text' color. Specifies the color of Text in menus. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).
System 'Scroll Bar' color. Specifies the scroll bar gray area color. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xC8C8C8, RGB = (200, 200, 200), HSL = (0, 0, 200).
System 'Window' color. Specifies window background color. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xFFFFFF, RGB = (255, 255, 255), HSL = (0, 0, 255).
System 'Window Frame' color. Specifies the window frame color. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x646464, RGB = (100, 100, 100), HSL = (0, 0, 100).
System 'Window Text' color. Specifies the color of text in windows. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).
Contains methods that can be useful for users which are calling GemBox.Presentation component using COM interop.
Create, read, write PowerPoint files in Classic ASP
Create, read, write PowerPoint files in PHP
Create, read, write PowerPoint files in Python
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Call this method from your application to set GemBox.Presentation serial key.
The serial key.
You should call this method before using any other class from GemBox.Presentation assembly.
Key can only be set once (if you try another key, exception will be thrown).
The best place to call this method is from static constructor of your application's main class.
Valid serial key has multiple groups of alphanumeric characters, separated with dashes.
To use the assembly in free limited mode use FREE-LIMITED-KEY as .
For more information about GemBox.Presentation evaluation and licensing, see evaluation and licensing.
Loads a presentation from a file with the specified path.
The path from which to load a presentation.
A loaded presentation.
If file extension is not specified or not supported. If file extension is not recognized, use method overload instead.
File extension that is extracted from the is used to create the appropriate derived class instance that is then passed to the method.
Following file extensions are supported:- Microsoft PowerPoint: .pptx, .pptm, .ppsx, .ppsm, .potx, .potm
Open and read PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Loads a presentation from a file with the specified path.
The path from which to load a presentation.
The loading options which can be used to define settings for load operation.
A loaded presentation.
Open and read PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Saves the presentation to a file with the specified path.
The instance which to save.
The path to which to save the presentation.
The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation.
Create and write PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Gets the number of items contained in the collection.
The -derived instance.
The number of items contained in the collection.
Gets the item at the specified index.
The -derived instance.
The zero-based index of the item to get.
The item at the specified index.
Removes the item at the specified index of the collection.
The -derived instance.
The zero-based index of the item to remove.
Adds a new with the specified parent layout template to the end of the collection.
A collection.
The parent layout template of a new .
A new with the specified parent layout template added to the collection.
Creates a new color instance from the specified Red, Green and Blue components.
The Red component (from 0 to 255).
The Green component (from 0 to 255).
The Blue component (from 0 to 255).
A new color instance from the specified Red, Green and Blue components.
Represents a single comment attached to a slide. It contains the text of the comment, its position on
the slide, and attributes referring to its author and date.
A comment is a text note attached to a slide, with the primary purpose of allowing readers of a presentation to
provide feedback to the presentation author.Each comment contains an unformatted text string and
information about its author, and is attached to a particular location on a slide. Comments can be visible while
editing the presentation, but do not appear when a slide show is given.The displaying application decides when
to display comments and determines their visual appearance.
Comments Example
Gets the author of the comment.
The author of the comment.
Gets the date and time this comment was last modified.
The date and time this comment was last modified.
Gets or sets the content of a comment. This is the text with which the author has annotated the slide.
The content of a comment.
Value is .
Gets or sets the position of the left edge of the comment on a slide.
The position of the left edge of the comment on a slide.
Gets or sets the position of the top edge of the comment on a slide.
The position of the top edge of the comment on a slide.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Represents a single author with comments in the presentation.
Comments Example
Gets the full name of this particular author.
The full name of this particular author.
This value is not guaranteed to be unique across all document authors.
Gets a that represents the initials of this particular author.
A that represents the initials of this particular author.
The value is not necessarily unique.It is intended for use by the application as an abbreviated version of the comment author's name.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Represents a collection of s that are contained on a particular .
Comments Example
Adds a new comment with a new author in the top-left corner of the slide.
Name of the new author.
The initials of the new author or if initials should be resolved from .
The comment text.
A newly added comment positioned in the top-left corner of the slide.
or resolved is or .
is .
Adds a new comment with the same author as the previously added comment in the top-left corner of the slide.
The comment text.
A newly added comment positioned in the top-left corner of the slide.
No comment with the specified author was previously added. Use another overload that specifies the author.
Adds a new comment with the specified author in the top-left corner of the slide.
The comment author.
The comment text.
A newly added comment positioned in the top-left corner of the slide.
or is .
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The to insert into the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
is .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Represents common slide view properties.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the view content should automatically scale to best fit the current window size.
Default value is .
if the view content should automatically scale to best fit the current window size; otherwise, .
Gets or sets a value that specifies the view scaling ratio in percentages.
Default value is 100.
A value that specifies the view scaling ratio in percentages.
Value is less than zero.
Contains static licensing methods and diagnostic information about executing GemBox.Presentation assembly.
Occurs in loading or saving when GemBox.Presentation assembly is used with FREE-LIMITED-KEY license key and free limit is reached.
This event is raised when GemBox.Presentation assembly is used with FREE-LIMITED-KEY license key and maximum number of slides per presentation is reached (5 slides).
Free mode will read / write first 5 slides normally and, if document has more than 5 slides, it will throw .You can use this event to continue using the assembly in a trial mode for performance testing (set to
) or to stop further reading/writing (set to
).
Trial mode will:
- read the entire presentation content but interior word letters will be scrambled on random places and custom promotional header will be inserted to all slides that come after the 5-th slide.
- write the entire presentation content but will insert custom promotional header to all slides that come after the 5-th slide.
For more information about GemBox.Presentation evaluation and licensing, see evaluation and licensing.
Gets GemBox.Presentation assembly title.
GemBox.Presentation assembly title.
Gets GemBox.Presentation assembly full version.
GemBox.Presentation assembly full version.
Sets the license (serial) key.
The serial key.
You should call this method before using any other class from GemBox.Presentation assembly.
Key can only be set once (if you try another key, it will be ignored).
The best place to call this method is from static constructor of your application's main class.
Valid serial key has multiple groups of alphanumeric characters, separated with dashes.
To use the assembly in free limited mode use FREE-LIMITED-KEY as .
For more information about GemBox.Presentation evaluation and licensing, see evaluation and licensing.
Represents the connection that should be made by the corresponding connector shape. This connects the head or the tail of the connector to some other drawing.
Gets the drawing to make the final connection to.
The drawing to make the final connection to.
Gets the index into the connection site table of the associated with this connection.
There are many connection sites on a shape and this property specifies which connection site will be used for this connection.
The index into the connection site table of the associated with this connection.
Sets the connection to the specified drawing and specified connection site on it.
The drawing to make the final connection to.
The index into the connection site table of the .
Specified is not on the same slide as the connector that should connect it.
Parameter is less than 0.
Represents a drawing that is used to connect two other s on the same slide surface.
Shapes Example
Gets the value.
The value.
Gets the beginning connection made by this shape that connects the head of this to the final destination drawing.
If this doesn't have a beginning connection, then of the returned will be .
The beginning connection made by this shape that connects the head of this to the final destination drawing.
Gets the ending connection made by this shape that connects the tail of this to the final destination drawing.
If this doesn't have an ending connection, then of the returned will be .
The ending connection made by this shape that connects the tail of this to the final destination drawing.
Represents an arbitrary content that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file.
Gets the media type of the content.
This value can be if the content is not embedded in but is linked to the presentation file.
The media type of the content.
Media type
Gets the location of the content that is not embedded in the presentation file.
The location of the content that does not reside within the presentation file.
Gets a value indicating whether this content is linked to the presentation file.
if this content is linked to the presentation file; otherwise, .
Opens the content as a .
Make sure to call on the returned instance after it is no longer used and before it gets out of scope.
An instance of a type that represents content data.
If content is linked to the presentation file ( property is not ), this method will attempt to open an external content.
This operation might fail if the value is not in the correct format or if executing code doesn't have permissions to access content at the location specified in the value.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Represents a dictionary that contains key and value pairs.
keys cannot be or .
values cannot be and can be only one of the following types:
Built-in and custom document properties are contained in class which is used in PresentationDocument.DocumentProperties property.
Document Properties Example
Represents a collection of customer data.
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Represents a slide sequence that allows for the displaying of the slides within the presentation in any arbitrary order.
Slide Show Example
Gets the ordered collection of slides that will be played in the current custom show.
The ordered collection of slides that will be played in the current custom show.
Gets or sets the name for the custom show.
The name for the custom show.
Value is either or or custom show with the same name already exists in the presentation.
Represents a collection of custom shows that are available within the presentation.
Slide Show Example
Gets the with the specified name or if the custom show with the specified name does not exist in the collection.
The with the specified name.
Name of the custom show.
The with the specified name or if the custom show with the specified name does not exist in the collection.
Adds a new custom show with the specified name.
The name of the custom show.
A newly added custom show with the specified name.
is either or or custom show with the same name already exists in the collection.
Inserts a new custom show with the specified name at the specified index.
The position in the collection where the new custom show should be inserted.
The name of the custom show.
A newly inserted custom show with the specified name.
is less than 0 or greater than .
is either or or custom show with the same name already exists in the collection.
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another or its name is or or with the same name already exists in the .
Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The to insert into the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another or its name is or or with the same name already exists in the .
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
is .
is already contained in another or its name is or or with the same name already exists in the .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Represents a custom XML part within a document that contains arbitrary custom XML markup.
Gets or sets the custom XML part data.
The custom XML part data.
Value is .
Represents a collection of s.
Adds a new empty to the end of the collection.
A new empty added to the collection.
Adds a new with given data to the end of the collection.
The data of the new .
A new added to the collection.
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The to insert into the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Represents the format for the automatically updated date and time.
Undefined format.
Examples: 3/14/2016.
Examples: Monday, March 14, 2016.
Examples: 14 March 2016.
Examples: March 14, 2016.
Examples: 14-Mar-16.
Examples: March 16.
Examples: Mar-16.
Examples: 3/14/2016 7:07 PM.
Examples: 3/14/2016 7:07:40 PM.
Examples: 19:07.
Examples: 19:07:40.
Examples: 7:07 PM.
Examples: 7:07:40 PM.
Represents a class that stores details for signing a presentation with a digital signature.
Gets or sets the X.509 certificate.
Value must be of type System.Security.Cryptography.X509Certificates.X509Certificate2.
The X.509 certificate.
System.Security.Cryptography.X509Certificates.X509Certificate2
Gets or sets the byte array that contains data from an X.509 certificate.
The byte array that contains data from an X.509 certificate.
Gets or sets the file path to the X.509 certificate.
The file path to the X.509 certificate.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether private keys are stored in the local computer store rather than the current user store.
if private keys are stored in the local computer store rather than the current user store; otherwise, .
Gets or sets the password required to access the X.509 certificate data.
The password required to access the X.509 certificate data.
Gets or sets the reason for the signing.
The reason for the signing, such as ( I agree … ).
Gets or sets the signature.
The signature.
If value is , then digital signature won't have any visual representation.
Signature is not drawn in the same layer as the rest of the page, but in a layer above the page.
Signature's position is specified through .
Contains a dictionaries of built-in and custom document properties.
For supported key-value pairs in each dictionary, see and .
Document Properties Example
Gets a dictionary of built-in document properties.
A dictionary of built-in document properties.
Gets a dictionary of custom document properties.
A dictionary of custom document properties.
This class is used as a base class for and classes.
The type of the key.
The type of the value.
Document Properties Example
Gets the number of key/value pairs contained in the .
The number of key/value pairs contained in the .
Gets a collection containing the keys in the .
A collection containing the keys in the .
Gets a collection containing the values in the .
A collection containing the values in the .
Gets or sets the value associated with the specified key.
The value associated with the specified key.
The key of the value to get or set.
The value associated with the specified key.
Value is either or its type is not supported.
Gets a value indicating whether the collection is read-only.
if the collection is read-only; otherwise, .
Adds an element with the provided key and value to the collection.
The object to use as the key of the element to add.
The object to use as the value of the element to add.
Value is either or its type is not supported.
Determines whether the contains the specified key.
The key to locate in the .
true if the contains an element with the specified key; otherwise, false.
Removes the value with the specified key from the .
The key of the element to remove.
true if the element is successfully found and removed; otherwise, false. This method returns false if key is not found in the .
Gets the value associated with the specified key.
The key of the value to get.
When this method returns, contains the value associated with the specified key, if the key is found; otherwise, the default value for the type of the parameter. This parameter is passed uninitialized.
true if the contains an element with the specified key; otherwise, false.
Removes all keys and values from the .
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the .
Represents a base type for all drawings.
Gets the type of the drawing.
The type of the drawing.
Gets the parent group or if drawing is not grouped.
The parent group or if drawing is not grouped.
Gets the slide associated with this drawing.
The slide associated with this drawing.
Gets the text content of the current .
The text content of the current .
The property always returns a new instance of the class.
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Brings this drawing in front of all other drawings so that no part of it is hidden behind another drawing.
Drawing is not contained in any group ( property is ).
This method works only if this drawing's is not and
it moves this drawing to the last place in the parent's collection, thus making it the top-most drawing.
Brings this drawing forward so that it is hidden by fewer drawings that are in front of it.
Drawing is not contained in any group ( property is ).
This method works only if this drawing's is not and
it moves this drawing by one place closer to the top-most drawing (last place) in the parent's collection.
Brings this drawing forward so that is not hidden by the specified drawing and all other drawings behind the specified drawing.
The drawing in front of which should this drawing be placed.
Drawing is not contained in any group ( property is ).
is not in the same group as this drawing.
This method works only if this drawing's is not and
it moves this drawing by one place before the in the parent's collection.
Sends this drawing behind all other drawings.
Drawing is not contained in any group ( property is ).
This method works only if this drawing's is not and
it moves this drawing to the first place in the parent's collection, thus making it the bottom-most drawing.
Sends this drawing backward so that it is hidden by more drawings that are in front of it.
Drawing is not contained in any group ( property is ).
This method works only if this drawing's is not and
it moves this drawing by one place closer to the bottom-most drawing (first place) in the parent's collection.
Sends this drawing backward so that is hidden by the specified drawing and all other drawings in front of the specified drawing.
The drawing behind which should this drawing be placed.
Drawing is not contained in any group ( property is ).
is not in the same group as this drawing.
This method works only if this drawing's is not and
it moves this drawing by one place after the in the parent's collection.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Represents an alternative, text-based representation of the information contained in tables, diagrams, images, and other drawings.
This information is useful for people with vision or cognitive impairments who may not be able to see or understand the drawing.
A can be read to a person with a disability and is used to determine whether they wish to hear the of the content.
Gets or sets the title (caption) of the current drawing.
Default value is .
The title (caption) of the current drawing.
Gets or sets the alternative text for the current drawing,
for use by assistive technologies or applications which do not display the current drawing.
Default value is .
The alternative text for the current drawing.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Represents a collection of s.
Gets the text content of the current .
The text content of the current .
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The to insert into the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index.
The type of the drawing.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The type of the drawing.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection.
The type of the drawing.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the added to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The type of the drawing.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the added to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Gets all s underneath this .
All s underneath this .
Represents location, size and transformations (flipping and rotation) of the bounding box enclosing the drawing.
Gets or sets the location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing the drawing relative to the left edge of the slide on which the drawing is located (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing the drawing relative to the left edge of the slide on which the drawing is located (prior to any rotation or flipping).
Gets or sets the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing the drawing relative to the top edge of the slide on which the drawing is located (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing the drawing relative to the top edge of the slide on which the drawing is located (prior to any rotation or flipping).
Gets or sets the width of the bounding box enclosing the drawing (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing the drawing (prior to any rotation or flipping).
Value is less than zero.
Gets or sets the height of the bounding box enclosing the drawing (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing the drawing (prior to any rotation or flipping).
Value is less than zero.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to flip the drawing horizontally - reflect it across a vertical line that intersects the center of the drawing's bounding box.
to flip the drawing horizontally; otherwise, .
When set to a value different than the current , MS PowerPoint automatically inverts the to 360° - (normalized to the interval [0°, 360°>).
To follow the MS PowerPoint's behavior, you should do the same or simply use the method.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to flip the drawing vertically - reflect it across a horizontal line that intersects the center of the drawing's bounding box.
to flip the drawing horizontally; otherwise, .
When set to a value different than the current , MS PowerPoint automatically inverts the to 360° - (normalized to the interval [0°, 360°>).
To follow the MS PowerPoint's behavior, you should do the same or simply use the method.
Gets or sets the amount (in degrees) by which the drawing is rotated clockwise about the center of the drawing's bounding box.
The amount (in degrees) by which the drawing is rotated clockwise about the center of the drawing's bounding box.
Sets the position and the size of the drawing (rotation and flipping are removed).
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing the drawing relative to the left edge of the slide on which the drawing is located (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing the drawing relative to the top edge of the slide on which the drawing is located (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing the drawing (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing the drawing (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measurement unit for , , and parameters.
Inverts the value of the .
The is also inverted to 360° - (normalized to the interval [0°, 360°>) like in MS PowerPoint.
A reference to this instance after the flipping operation has completed.
Inverts the value of the .
The is also inverted to 360° - (normalized to the interval [0°, 360°>) like in MS PowerPoint.
A reference to this instance after the flipping operation has completed.
Represents a locking settings for a drawing that inform the application about specific drawing properties that have been previously locked and thus should not be changed by the user when viewing a drawing in an application.
The application should allow any action on the current drawing - the user can change any drawing property.
The application should not allow selection of the current drawing - the user cannot select the drawing nor picture, shape or text attached to the drawing.
The application should not allow grouping of the current drawing - the user cannot combine the drawing with other drawings to form a .
The application should not allow changing the position of the current drawing - the user cannot move the drawing.
The application should not allow changing the size of the current drawing - the user cannot resize the drawing.
The application should not allow changing the aspect ratio of the current drawing - the user cannot change the drawing's width and height independently.
The application should not allow changing the rotation of the current geometrical shape - the user cannot rotate the shape.
Applicable to derived types (, , and ).
The application should not allow changing the type (geometry) of the current geometrical shape - the user cannot change the shape's type (geometry).
Applicable to derived types (, and ).
PowerPoint application supports changing the shape type (geometry) only for and .
The application should not allow changing the adjust handles of the current geometrical shape - the user cannot adjust the shape by sliding its adjust handle points.
Applicable to derived types (, and ).
PowerPoint application supports changing the adjust handles only for and .
The application should not allow changing the shape points of the current geometrical shape - the user cannot edit points of the shape.
Applicable to derived types (, and ).
PowerPoint application supports changing the shape points only for and .
The application should not allow changing the arrowheads of the current geometrical shape - the user cannot change the shape's arrowhead settings.
Applicable to derived types (, and ).
PowerPoint application supports changing the arrowheads only for .
The application should not allow changing the text of the current shape - the user cannot edit the shape's text.
Applicable to .
The application should not allow cropping the current picture - the user cannot change the visible part of the picture.
Applicable to .
The application should not allow ungrouping of the current group shape - the user cannot ungroup the current group shape.
Applicable to .
The application should not allow selection of objects within the current graphic frame (such as chart, diagram or table parts) but allow the selection of graphic frame itself - the user cannot select the elements of the current graphic frame (such as diagram nodes or table cells), but can select the graphic frame itself.
Applicable to .
Represents a type that specifies that the corresponding drawing should be represented by the generating application as a placeholder.
Placeholders Example
Gets the associated with this placeholder settings.
The associated with this placeholder settings.
Gets the content type a placeholder is intended to contain.
The content type a placeholder is intended to contain.
Sets the picture with a link to the specified picture data into the current placeholder.
Link to a picture data for a newly set picture.
The picture that is set into the current placeholder.
Current drawing is not a placeholder or is not contained in a or its is neither a nor a .
Current placeholder is replaced with the returned .
This method is only applicable on a placeholder that is contained in a
and its is either a or a ..
Sets the picture with the specified picture data content type and stream into the current placeholder.
Content type (MIME type) of the picture data.
Stream containing the picture data.
The picture that is set into the current placeholder.
Current drawing is not a placeholder or is not contained in a or its is neither a nor a .
Current placeholder is replaced with the returned .
This method is only applicable on a placeholder that is contained in a
and its is either a or a ..
Sets the picture with the specified picture data content type and stream into the current placeholder.
Content type of the picture data.
Stream containing the picture data.
The picture that is set into the current placeholder.
Current drawing is not a placeholder or is not contained in a or its is neither a nor a .
Current placeholder is replaced with the returned .
This method is only applicable on a placeholder that is contained in a
and its is either a or a ..
Sets the picture with the specified picture data into the current placeholder.
Content of the picture data.
The picture that is set into the current placeholder.
Current drawing is not a placeholder or is not contained in a or its is neither a nor a .
Current placeholder is replaced with the returned .
This method is only applicable on a placeholder that is contained in a
and its is either a or a ..
Sets the table into the current placeholder.
The table that is set into the current placeholder.
Current drawing is not a placeholder or is not contained in a or its is not a .
Current placeholder is replaced with the that contains the returned .
This method is only applicable on a placeholder that is contained in a
and its is a ..
Represents a drawing type enumeration.
drawing.
drawing.
drawing.
drawing.
drawing.
.
Picture formats.
Jpeg picture format.
Png picture format.
Tiff picture format.
Gif picture format.
Emf picture format.
Wmf picture format.
Bmp picture format.
Exif picture format.
Ico picture format.
Svg picture format.
Represents a base class for fills such as solid, gradient, picture, pattern, etc. that can be applied to various objects, such as shapes, text characters, table cells and their outlines, borders and underlines.
Shape Formatting Example
Gets the type of the fill.
The type of the fill.
Sets the fill to none, thus making the area transparent.
An instance of a type that represents no fill that was set.
Sets the fill to the solid fill.
The color of the solid fill.
An instance of a type that was set.
Sets the fill to the gradient fill.
The type of the gradient.
An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set the type and stops of the gradient fill.
Sets the fill to the picture fill.
This method is not applicable on property.
Path or link to a picture data.
if the picture is linked to the file in which instance is saved; otherwise, .
An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill.
is or or doesn't contain extension or extension is not supported.
Use this overload to automatically detect the picture content type from the extension.
Parameter must contain supported extension (for example, ".png") if is , otherwise exception is thrown.
Sets the fill to the picture fill.
This method is not applicable on property.
Path to a picture data.
Content type of the picture data.
An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill.
is or .
Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type (for example, if doesn't specify a file extension).
Sets the fill to the picture fill.
This method is not applicable on property.
Path to a picture data.
Content type (MIME type) of the picture data.
An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill.
or is or .
Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type that is not supported by the .
Sets the fill to the picture fill.
This method is not applicable on property.
Stream containing the picture data.
An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill.
is .
Picture encoding format is not supported.
Use this overload to automatically detect the picture content type from the decoded picture .
Sets the fill to the picture fill.
This method is not applicable on property.
Stream containing the picture data.
Content type of the picture data.
An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill.
is .
Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type so that the picture doesn't have to be decoded to detect the picture content type.
Sets the fill to the picture fill.
This method is not applicable on property.
Stream containing the picture data.
Content type (MIME type) of the picture data.
An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill.
is .
is or .
Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type that is not supported by the .
Sets the fill to the picture fill.
This method is not applicable on property.
Content of the picture data.
An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill.
is .
Use this overload if multiple s should share the same picture data.
Sets the fill to the pattern fill.
Type of the pattern fill.
Foreground color of the pattern fill.
Background color of the pattern fill.
An instance of a type that was set.
Sets the fill of the to that of the slide background surface. Applicable only on 's fill.
This method does not set the fill of the shape to be transparent but instead sets it to be filled with the portion of the slide background that is directly behind it.
An instance of a type that represents slide background fill that was set.
Setting the fill to the slide's background is only supported on 's fill.
Sets the fill to the picture fill.
This method is not applicable on property.
Content type of the picture data.
Stream containing the picture data.
An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill.
is .
Sets the fill to the picture fill.
This method is not applicable on property.
Content type (MIME type) of the picture data.
Stream containing the picture data.
An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill.
is or .
is .
Represents the fill type that can be applied to various objects, such as shapes, text characters, table cells and their outlines, borders and underlines.
No fill. The shape is not filled, thus making its interior transparent.
Solid color fill. The shape is filled entirely with the specified color.
Gradient fill. The shape is filled with the smooth gradual transition of colors at the specified locations that either follows a line or a path.
Picture fill. The shape is filled with the picture that can either be tiled (as a texture) or stretched to fill the available area. This fill type is not supported for outlines, borders and underlines.
Pattern fill. The shape is filled with the repeated pattern of the specified foreground and background color.
Slide background fill. The shape is filled the same as the slide background surface.
The difference between this fill and is noticeable if with fill is in front of some other filled shape.
Represents a font file either on the disk or in the memory.
GlyphTypeface class
Gets the font family name.
The font family name.
GlyphTypeface.FamilyNames property
Gets a value indicating whether the characters in a font are truly (Italic) or artificially (Oblique) slanted.
Default value is .
if the characters in a font are slanted; otherwise, .
FontStyles class
Gets the integer value between 1 and 999 that represents OpenType font weight.
Default value is 400. Bold value is 700.
The integer value between 1 and 999 that represents OpenType font weight.
FontWeights class
Gets the integer value between 1 and 9 that represents OpenType font widths.
Default value is 5.
The integer value between 1 and 9 that represents OpenType font widths.
FontStretches class
Determines whether the font file contains outlines for the specified Unicode character.
The Unicode character.
if the font file contains outlines for the specified Unicode character; otherwise, .
Determines whether the is equal to this instance.
The other font file to compare with this font file instance.
if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this font file instance.
if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Returns a hash code for this instance.
A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Provides data for the event.
Gets the original font name.
The original font name.
Gets a value indicating whether the font is italic.
if the font is italic.; otherwise, .
Gets a value indicating whether the font is bold.
if the font is bold; otherwise, .
Gets the Unicode character that should be outlined with the or -1 if no character should currently be outlined.
The Unicode character that should be outlined with the or -1 if no character should currently be outlined.
Gets or sets the actual font that will be used for outlining the based on the , and values.
Use any of the fonts returned from the collection.
The actual font that will be used for outlining the based on the , and values.
Value is .
The specified font file does not contain outlines for the specified .
Contains font related settings which are used when printing, importing or exporting a presentation to a file format that requires font information.
Setting the custom fonts location is usually used in environments without any installed fonts.
For more information, see the Private Fonts example.
Gets all the fonts loaded in the current application domain that are usable with GemBox.Presentation component.
All the fonts loaded in the current application domain that are usable with GemBox.Presentation component.
Gets or sets the base where component looks for fonts. path should end with or .
The base where component looks for fonts.
Gets or sets the base directory path where component looks for fonts. Directory path can be absolute or relative to .
The base directory path where component looks for fonts.
Gets or sets the base resource location where component looks for fonts specified as resources inside the local or referenced assembly.
The base resource location where component looks for fonts specified as resources inside the local or referenced assembly.
Packaging Fonts with Applications
Pack URIs in WPF
Occurs when the must be selected based on the font name, style and weight used in the presentation and when the fallback font must be selected (if the current does not contain outlines for the ).
Represents a formatted that can be exported to PDF, XPS, image, or be printed.
Gets the drawing width in s.
The drawing width in s.
Gets the drawing height in s.
The drawing height in s.
Gets the drawing content.
The drawing content.
Saves the drawing in the specified stream.
The stream in which to save the drawing.
The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation.
Parameter , currently, must be of type , or .
Saves the drawing to a file with the specified path.
The path to which to save the drawing.
The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation.
Parameter , currently, must be of type , or .
Saves the drawing to a file with the specified path. Path must include file extension.
The path to which to save the drawing.
If file extension is not specified or not supported. If file extension is not recognized, use method overload instead.
File extension that is extracted from the is used to create the appropriate derived class instance that is then passed to the method.
Following file extensions are supported:- Portable Document Format: .pdf
- XML Paper Specification: .xps
- Portable Network Graphics: .png
- Joint Photographic Experts Group: .jpeg, .jpg
- Bitmap: .bmp
- Tagged Image File Format: .tiff, .tif
- Windows Media Photo: .wdp
Saves the drawing to a System.Web.HttpResponse or System.Web.HttpResponseBase output stream or a System.Net.Http.HttpResponseMessage and sets appropriate HTTP response headers (Content-Type and Content-Disposition). Use this method in ASP.NET application to send the drawing to a client browser. File format is resolved from extension. See remarks why parameter is of type .
System.Web.HttpResponse object that can be retrieved through the Response property of the System.Web.HttpApplication, System.Web.HttpContext, System.Web.UI.Page or System.Web.UI.UserControl classes or System.Web.HttpResponseBase object or System.Net.Http.HttpResponseMessage object.
File name that will be presented in client browser when downloading a file.
If file extension is not specified or not supported. If file extension is not recognized, use method overload instead.
Supported only if updating the whole page with a postback and not if doing partial-page updates (when you use UpdatePanel controls to update selected regions of a page).
This method accepts rather than HttpResponse, HttpResponseBase or HttpResponseMessage because otherwise GemBox.Document assembly would have a dependency on System.Web or System.Net.Http assemblies and could not be used in applications which target Client Profile .NET Framework.
HttpResponse can be retrieved through the Response property of the HttpApplication, HttpContext, Page or UserControl classes.
For supported file extensions, see remarks for method.
Export PowerPoint in ASP.NET
Saves the drawing to a System.Web.HttpResponse or System.Web.HttpResponseBase output stream or a System.Net.Http.HttpResponseMessage and sets appropriate HTTP response headers (Content-Type and Content-Disposition). Use this method in ASP.NET application to send the drawing to a client browser. File format is defined with parameter. See remarks why parameter is of type .
System.Web.HttpResponse object that can be retrieved through the Response property of the System.Web.HttpApplication, System.Web.HttpContext, System.Web.UI.Page or System.Web.UI.UserControl classes or System.Web.HttpResponseBase object or System.Net.Http.HttpResponseMessage object.
File name that will be presented in client browser when downloading a file.
The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation.
Supported only if updating the whole page with a postback and not if doing partial-page updates (when you use UpdatePanel controls to update selected regions of a page).
This method accepts rather than HttpResponse, HttpResponseBase or HttpResponseMessage because otherwise GemBox.Document assembly would have a dependency on System.Web or System.Net.Http assemblies and could not be used in applications which target Client Profile .NET Framework.
HttpResponse can be retrieved through the Response property of the HttpApplication, HttpContext, Page or UserControl classes.
Export PowerPoint in ASP.NET
Prints the drawing to the default printer.
Prints the drawing to the specified printer.
Printer name.
Prints the drawing to the specified printer according to specified options.
Printer name.
Print options.
Provides data for the event.
Gets the presentation on which limit was reached.
The presentation on which limit was reached.
Gets or sets the choice for proceeding when free limit is reached.
The choice for proceeding when free limit is reached.
Type of action that can be chosen when free limit is reached.
Throw .
Stop reading/writing.
Continue reading/writing using trial mode.
Exception that occurs when free limit is reached.
Represents a geometry guide that is used to govern the geometry of a .
Gets the name that is used to reference to this guide.
The name that is used to reference to this guide.
Gets the formula that is used to calculate the value for a guide.
The formula that is used to calculate the value for a guide.
Each formula has a certain number of arguments and a specific set of operations to perform on these arguments in order to generate a value for a guide.
There are a total of 17 different formulas available.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Determines whether the is equal to this instance.
The other geometry guide to compare with this geometry guide instance.
if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this geometry guide instance.
if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Returns a hash code for this instance.
An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.
Determines whether and s are equal.
The first geometry guide.
The second geometry guide.
if and geometry guides are equal; otherwise, .
Determines whether and s are not equal.
The first geometry guide.
The second geometry guide.
if and geometry guides are not equal; otherwise, .
Represents a collection of s that govern the geometry.
Adds the literal value geometry guide to the current collection.
The geometry guide name.
The geometry guide value that is either a geometry guide name or a formatted numeric value with an optional measurement unit.
A newly added instance.
or is or .
Adds the literal value geometry guide to the current collection.
The geometry guide name.
The geometry guide value.
A newly added instance.
Adds the literal value geometry guide to the current collection.
The geometry guide name.
The geometry guide value that usually represents an angle in 60,000ths of a degree.
A newly added instance.
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The to insert into the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
is .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Represents a shape that is outlined and/or filled in locations specified by the geometric primitives such as lines, arcs and Bézier curves.
Gets or sets the type of the shape (geometry).
The type of the shape (geometry).
Value is a connector geometry type and the current shape is not a or value is not a connector geometry type and the current shape is a .
Gets or sets the shape's geometry that contains additional information about the .
The shape's geometry that contains additional information about the .
Value is a connector geometry and the current shape is not a or value is not a connector geometry and the current shape is a .
This property always returns a new instance of a that points to geometry data associated with this shape.
This reduces memory footprint since simpler internal structures can be used to hold the geometry data and execution time increase is negligible since Garbage Collector has a very good performance for a short-lived (Generation 0) objects.
Also, this behavior is required because geometry can be inherited from the placeholder (and changes in the placeholder's geometry must be immediately visible in this shape's geometry), but when the geometry is being modified, it should be modified for this shape, not for the placeholder.
When setting a value, instance of a won't actually be stored in this shape, but the geometry data to which the instance points to will be copied. This enables easy copying of complex geometries from one shape to another.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Represents a fill with a smooth gradual transition of colors at the specified locations that either follows a line or a path.
Shape Formatting Example
Gets the value.
The value.
Gets or sets the type of the fill gradient.
The type of the fill gradient.
Currently, only and types are supported when saving to PDF, XPS, or image formats.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the fill should rotate with the shape.
if fill should rotate with the shape; otherwise, .
If set to and a shape that has been filled with a gradient is transformed with a rotation, then the fill will be transformed with the same rotation.
Specifies the direction of color change for the gradient.
The direction of the color change for the gradient, expressed as a value between 0 and 1.
This property is applicable only when is .
Specifies whether the gradient angle scales with the fill region.
if the gradient angle scales with the fill region, otherwise.
This property is applicable only when is .
Gets the collection of gradient stops in this fill format.
The collection of gradient stops in this fill format
Gets or sets the rectangle defining the fill area for the gradient.
A that defines the fill area.
This property is not applicable when is .
Gets or sets the rectangle defining the tile area for repeating gradient patterns.
A that defines the tile area.
This property is not applicable when is .
Represents a type of gradient fill.
The linear fill type.
The radial fill type.
The rectangular fill type.
The path fill type.
Represents a single gradient stop in a gradient fill.
Specifies where this gradient stop should appear in the color band. This position is expressed as a percentage from 0 to 1.
The position of the gradient stop.
Specifies the color of the gradient.
The color of the gradient.
Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified position and color.
The position in the gradient where the gradient stop is placed. Value must be between 0 and 1.
The color value of the gradient stop.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Determines whether the is equal to this instance.
The other gradient stop to compare with this gradient stop instance.
if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this gradient stop instance.
if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Returns a hash code for this instance.
An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.
Determines whether and s are equal.
The first gradient stop.
The second gradient stop.
if and gradient stops are equal; otherwise, .
Determines whether and s are not equal.
The first gradient stop.
The second gradient stop.
if and gradient stops are not equal; otherwise, .
Represents a collection of gradient stops in a gradient fill.
Adds a new gradient stop.
The position of the gradient stop expressed as a percentage from 0 to 1.
The color of the gradient stop.
A newly added gradient stop.
Inserts a new gradient stop with the specified name at the specified index.
The position in the collection where the new gradient stop should be inserted.
The position of the gradient stop expressed as a percentage from 0 to 1.
The color of the gradient stop.
A newly inserted gradient stop.
is less than 0 or greater than .
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The to insert into the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
is .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Represents a drawing that contains graphic content that needs a container (frame) to be displayed on the slide surface.
Tables Example
Gets the value.
The value.
Gets or sets the graphic content contained in this frame.
The graphic content contained in this frame.
Value can be set only once and it cannot be a or content is already set to another graphic frame.
Value type is either public (such as ), internal to GemBox.Presentation component (when the type is used for preserving not supported graphic content) or is user-specific type (when the type is used for user-defined graphic content).
Gets the table contained in this frame or if this frame doesn't contain a .
The table contained in this frame or if this frame doesn't contain a .
Tables Example
Gets the chart contained in this frame or if this frame doesn't contain a .
The chart contained in this frame or if this frame doesn't contain a .
Charts Example
Gets the OLE (Object Linking and Embedding) object contained in this frame or if this frame doesn't contain a .
The OLE (Object Linking and Embedding) object contained in this frame or if this frame doesn't contain a .
Represents a drawing that groups other drawings on the same slide surface.
Gets the drawings contained in this group.
The drawings contained in this group.
Gets the value.
The value.
Adds a new that groups the specified drawings to the current .
Drawings should either be contained under the current , in which case they will be removed from the current and added to a returned , or should not be contained in any .
The drawings that should be grouped.
A new that groups the specified drawings added to the current .
is .
contains a object.
Adds a new that groups the specified drawings to the current .
Drawings should either be contained under the current , in which case they will be removed from the current and added to a returned , or should not be contained in any .
The drawings that should be grouped.
A new that groups the specified drawings added to the current .
is .
contains a object.
Adds a new to the current .
Shape type (geometry) of a newly added shape.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A new added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Adds a new to the current .
Shape type (geometry) of a newly added shape.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
A new added to the current .
Adds a new rectangular to the current and returns associated with it.
Shape type (geometry) of a newly added shape.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A associated with the new rectangular added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Adds a new rectangular to the current and returns associated with it.
Shape type (geometry) of a newly added shape.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
A associated with the new rectangular added to the current .
Adds a new rectangular to the current and returns associated with it.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A associated with the new rectangular added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Adds a new rectangular to the current and returns associated with it.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
A associated with the new rectangular added to the current .
Adds a new to the current .
Shape type (geometry) of a newly added connector.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A new added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Adds a new to the current .
Shape type (geometry) of a newly added connector.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
A new added to the current .
Adds a new line to the current .
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A new line added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Adds a new line to the current .
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
A new line added to the current .
Adds a new with a link to the specified picture data to the current .
Link to a picture data for a newly added picture.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A new added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Adds a new with a link to the specified picture data to the current .
Link to a picture data for a newly added picture.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
A new added to the current .
Adds a new with the specified picture data content type and stream to the current .
Content type (MIME type) of the picture data.
Stream containing the picture data.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A new added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Adds a new with the specified picture data content type and stream to the current .
Content type (MIME type) of the picture data.
Stream containing the picture data.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
A new added to the current .
Adds a new with the specified picture data content type and stream to the current .
Content type of the picture data.
Stream containing the picture data.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A new added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Adds a new with the specified picture data content type and stream to the current .
Content type of the picture data.
Stream containing the picture data.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
A new added to the current .
Adds a new with the specified picture data to the current .
Content of the picture data.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A new added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Use this overload if multiple s should share the same picture data.
Adds a new with the specified picture data to the current .
Content of the picture data.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
A new added to the current .
Use this overload if multiple s should share the same picture data.
Adds the placeholder to the current .
Type of the placeholder to be added.
A placeholder settings associated with a new placeholder added to the current .
Placeholder can only be added directly to a slide (to a root group of shapes).
Adds a new with an media to the current .
Link to an audio data for a newly added media.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A new contained in a new added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters and are specified.
Adds a new with an media to the current .
Link to an audio data for a newly added media.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters and are specified.
A new contained in a new added to the current .
Adds a new with an media to the current .
Content type (MIME type) of the audio data.
Stream containing the audio data.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A new contained in a new added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters and are specified.
Adds a new with an media to the current .
Content type (MIME type) of the audio data.
Stream containing the audio data.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters and are specified.
A new contained in a new added to the current .
Adds a new with an media to the current .
Content type of the audio data.
Stream containing the audio data.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A new contained in a new added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters and are specified.
Adds a new with an media to the current .
Content type of the audio data.
Stream containing the audio data.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters and are specified.
A new contained in a new added to the current .
Adds a new with a media to the current .
Link to a video data for a newly added media.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A new contained in a new added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Adds a new with a media to the current .
Link to a video data for a newly added media.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
A new contained in a new added to the current .
Adds a new with a media to the current .
Content type (MIME type) of the video data.
Stream containing the video data.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A new contained in a new added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Adds a new with a media to the current .
Content type (MIME type) of the video data.
Stream containing the video data.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
A new contained in a new added to the current .
Adds a new with a media to the current .
Content type (MIME type) of the video data.
Stream containing the video data.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A new contained in a new added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Adds a new with a media to the current .
Content type of the video data.
Stream containing the video data.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
A new contained in a new added to the current .
Adds a new with a content to the current .
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
A new contained in a new added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Adds a new with a content to the current .
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
A new contained in a new added to the current .
Adds a new with a content to the current .
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
Type of the chart.
A new contained in a new added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Adds a new with a content to the current .
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Type of the chart.
A new contained in a new added to the current .
Adds a new with a content to the current .
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
Type of the chart.
The chart's series grouping (clustered, stacked or 100% stacked).
A new contained in a new added to the current .
is the measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Adds a new with a content to the current .
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
Type of the chart.
The chart's series grouping (clustered, stacked or 100% stacked).
A new contained in a new added to the current .
Adds a new with a content to the current .
The stream containing the embedded object data.
The original path or file name of the embedded object.
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
The explicit content type of the embedded object, if any.
A new contained in a new added to the current .
Adds a new with a content to the current .
The file path to the embedded or linked object.
Indicates whether the object is linked () or embedded ().
The location of the left edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the left edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
the location of the top edge of the bounding box enclosing a newly added relative to the top edge of the slide on which the is being added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The width of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The height of the bounding box enclosing a newly added (prior to any rotation or flipping).
The measuring unit in which parameters , , and are specified.
The explicit content type of the embedded object, if any.
A new contained in a new added to the current .
Represents a header and a footer of a or a .
Header and Footer Example
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the placeholder is enabled.
if the placeholder is enabled; otherwise, .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the placeholder is enabled.
if the placeholder is enabled; otherwise, .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the placeholder is enabled.
if the placeholder is enabled; otherwise, .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the placeholder is enabled.
if the placeholder is enabled; otherwise, .
Represents an enumeration of available horizontal alignments for text.
Align text to the left margin.
Align text in the center.
Align text to the right margin.
Align text so that it is justified across the whole line. Short sentences are not justified.
Distributes the text words across an entire text line.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Aligns the text with an adjusted kashida length for Arabic text.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Distributes Thai text specially, because each character is treated as a word.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Represents a class that stores loading options for HTML content for presentation
Load HTML content into presentation in C# and VB.NET
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the character format should be inherited from the position where the HTML is being inserted.
The default value is .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the paragraph format should be inherited from the position where the HTML is being inserted.
The default value is .
An enumeration of supported image file formats when saving a presentation's slide to an image using a .
Bitmap (BMP) format.
Graphics Interchange Format (GIF).
Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) format.
Portable Network Graphics (PNG) format.
Tagged Image File Format (TIFF).
Windows Media Photo format.
Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) format.
Enhanced Metafile Format.
Represents a class which stores saving options for image files.
For more information about a level of support for image formats, see supported file formats.
Gets or sets the image format.
The image format.
Gets or sets the zero-based slide number of the presentation's slide which should be saved to an image.
The zero-based slide number of the presentation's slide which should be saved to an image.
Gets or sets the number of slides which should be saved to a multi-frame image.
If image format doesn't support multiple frames, this property is ignored.
Default value is 1.
To save all slides, set value to .
Only Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) and Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) format images support multiple frames.
The number of slides which should be saved to a multi-frame image.
Gets or sets the image width in pixels.
The image width in pixels.
If both and are not specified, then image size will be equal to the slide size.
If only one of the or is specified, then the specified dimension will be respected and other dimension will be calculated so that original aspect ratio is maintained.
If both and are specified, then both specified dimensions will be respected (which may result in non-uniformly scaled image, if aspect ratio is not equal to the original one.
Gets or sets the image height in pixels.
The image height in pixels.
If both and are not specified, then image size will be equal to the slide size.
If only one of the or is specified, then the specified dimension will be respected and other dimension will be calculated so that original aspect ratio is maintained.
If both and are specified, then both specified dimensions will be respected (which may result in non-uniformly scaled image, if aspect ratio is not equal to the original one.
Gets or sets a pixel format, which will be used for the image.
The pixel format, which will be used for the image.
Gets or sets the value that indicated whether dithering should be applied when converting to pixel formats , , and .
Default value: .
This property is currently ignored when is resolved to .
if dithering should be applied when converting to pixel formats , , and ; otherwise, .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the image should be cropped to fit the content of the slide.
If set to , only the content of the slide is rendered.
Gets or sets compression schema, which will be used when exporting to Tagged Image File Format (TIFF).
The compression schema, which will be used when exporting to Tagged Image File Format (TIFF).
Gets or sets the rendering mode used when saving the content to an image.
The rendering mode used when saving the content to an image.
The rendering mode is not supported because of the reasons explained in the exception's .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation such as those from Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) or HarfBuzz text-shaping engine, or to use the default primitive implementation.
Default value is for improved performance and stability of the output because advanced text formatting is required only for complex scripts or advanced typography features.
to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation; otherwise to use the default primitive implementation.
Occurs when saving progress of a file has changed.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class for a specific image format.
The image format.
Gets or sets the horizontal dots per inch (dpi) of the image.
Default value is , which means that component specific default value will be used (currently 300).
The horizontal dots per inch (dpi) of the image; that is, the dots per inch (dpi) along the x-axis.
Value is not greater than 0.
Gets or sets the vertical dots per inch (dpi) of the image.
Default value is , which means that component specific default value will be used (currently 300).
The vertical dots per inch (dpi) of the image; that is, the dots per inch (dpi) along the y-axis.
Value is not greater than 0.
Gets the content-type for image file format:
- image/png if is ,
- image/jpeg if is ,
- image/gif if is ,
- image/bmp if is ,
- image/tiff if is ,
- image/vnd.ms-photo if is ,
- image/svg+xml if is .
- image/x-emf if is .
The content-type for image file format.
Represents a layout slide that, in essence, is a template slide whose design can be applied to any existing slide.
Slides Example
Gets the type of the layout.
The type of the layout.
Gets the header/footer information.
The header/footer information.
Header and Footer Example
Gets the parent template .
The parent template .
Gets or sets the name of the .
The name of the .
is , or with the same name already exists in the collection.
Represents a collection of layout slides grouped under a specific master slide.
Slides Example
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The to insert into the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the added to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the added to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Gets the with the specified type of layout, if found; otherwise, .
The with the specified type of layout, if found; otherwise, .
Type of the layout of the .
the with the specified type of layout, if found; otherwise, .
Gets the with the specified name, if found; otherwise, .
The with the specified name, if found; otherwise, .
Name of the .
the with the specified name, if found; otherwise, .
Inserts a new with the specified type of layout to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which new should be inserted.
The type of layout of a new .
A new with the specified type of layout inserted to the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Adds a new with the specified type of layout to the end of the collection.
The type of layout of a new .
A new with the specified type of layout added to the collection.
Represents a length, distance or a coordinate.
internally stores its value in an field and internally uses EMU (English Metric Unit) as a unit of measurement.
EMU (English Metric Unit) can evenly divide in both English and Metric units and can avoid rounding errors during the calculation since it defines an integer based, high precision coordinate system (1" = 914 400 EMU, 1 cm = 360 000 EMU, 1 mm = 36 000 EMU, 1 pt = 12 700 EMU).
Gets or sets the default measurement unit that is applied globally every time is converted from/to a and to a .
The default measurement unit.
Initial value is .
This property makes code less verbose and, thus, easier to read and maintain because instead of using , and methods, one can use implicit conversions from/to a and to a .
Since default measurement unit is applied globally (like any other member), it is advisable not to set property or use implicit conversions from/to a and to a if GemBox.Presentation is used by various application functions that expect different default measurement unit, especially if usage is multi-threaded.
Converts a length value in a specified measurement unit to a instance.
The length value.
The measurement unit.
A instance that is equivalent to a specified input length in a specified measurement unit.
Converts this instance to a length value in a specified measurement unit.
The measurement unit.
A length value that is equivalent to this instance in a specified measurement unit.
Returns a that represents this instance in a specified format and a measurement unit by using a specified format provider.
The format.
The format provider.
The measurement unit.
A that represents this instance in a specified format and a measurement unit by using a specified format provider.
Returns a that represents this instance in a specified format and a default measurement unit by using a specified format provider.
The format.
The format provider.
A that represents this instance in a specified format and a default measurement unit by using a specified format provider.
Returns a that represents this instance in a specified measurement unit.
The measurement unit.
A that represents this instance in a specified measurement unit.
Returns a that represents this instance in a default measurement unit.
A that represents this instance in a default measurement unit.
Compares the value of this instance to a specified value and returns an integer that indicates whether this instance is less than, equal to, or greater than the specified value.
The object to compare to the current instance.
A signed number indicating the relative values of this instance and the parameter.
If returned value is less than zero, then this instance is less than ; else, if it is zero, then this instance is equal to ; else (if it is greater than zero) this instance is greater than .
Determines whether the is equal to this instance.
The other length to compare with this length instance.
if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this length instance.
if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Returns a hash code for this instance.
An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.
Determines whether and s are equal.
The first length.
The second length.
if and lengths are equal; otherwise, .
Determines whether and s are not equal.
The first length.
The second length.
if and lengths are not equal; otherwise, .
Determines whether is less than .
The first length.
The second length.
if length is less than length; otherwise, .
Determines whether is less than or equal to .
The first length.
The second length.
if length is less than or equal to length; otherwise, .
Determines whether is greater than .
The first length.
The second length.
if length is greater than length; otherwise, .
Determines whether is greater than or equal to .
The first length.
The second length.
if length is greater than or equal to length; otherwise, .
Converts a length value in a default measurement unit to a instance.
The length value.
A instance that is equivalent to a specified input length in a default measurement unit.
Converts a instance to a length value in a default measurement unit.
The length value.
A length value that is equivalent to a specified input instance in a default measurement unit.
Converts a length value in an EMU (English Metric Unit) measurement unit to a instance.
The length value.
A instance that is equivalent to a specified input length in an EMU (English Metric Unit) measurement unit.
Converts a instance to a length value in an EMU (English Metric Unit) measurement unit.
The length value.
A length value that is equivalent to a specified input instance in an EMU (English Metric Unit) measurement unit.
Represents a unit of measurement for .
The point (1/72 of an inch).
The millimeter.
The pica (1/6 of an inch).
The centimeter.
The inch (2.54 cm).
The pixel (1/96 of an inch)
Exception that occurs when licensing information is not correctly specified.
Represents decorations which can be added to either the head or the tail of a line.
Gets the line end decoration.
The line end decoration.
Gets the line end size in relation to the line width.
The line end size in relation to the line width.
Initializes a new instance of the structure.
Line end decoration.
Line end size in relation to the line width.
Determines whether the is equal to this instance.
The other line arrow to compare with this line arrow instance.
if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this line arrow instance.
if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Returns a hash code for this instance.
An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Determines whether and s are equal.
The first line arrow.
The second line arrow.
if and line arrows are equal; otherwise, .
Determines whether and s are not equal.
The first line arrow.
The second line arrow.
if and line arrows are not equal; otherwise, .
Represents the width and the length of the line end decoration (e.g., arrowhead) relative to the width of the line itself.
Small width and small length.
Small width and medium length.
Small width and large length.
Medium width and small length.
Medium width and medium length.
Medium width and large length.
Large width and small length.
Large width and medium length.
Large width and large length.
Represents the shape decoration that appears at the ends of lines.
No end.
Triangle arrow head.
Line arrow head.
Stealth arrow head.
Diamond.
Oval.
Represents values that specify how to cap the ends of lines.
Square protrudes by half line width.
Rounded ends. Semi-circle protrudes by half line width.
Line ends at end point.
Represents the compound line type that is to be used for lines with text such as underlines.
Single line: one normal width.
Double lines of equal width.
Double lines: one thick, one thin.
Double lines: one thin, one thick.
Three lines: thin, thick, thin.
Represents the line dash type.
Solid
1
1 - line segment of the same length as the line width,
0 - space of the same length as the line width.
Dot
1000
1 - line segment of the same length as the line width,
0 - space of the same length as the line width.
Dash
1111000
1 - line segment of the same length as the line width,
0 - space of the same length as the line width.
Dash Dot
11110001000
1 - line segment of the same length as the line width,
0 - space of the same length as the line width.
Long Dash
11111111000
1 - line segment of the same length as the line width,
0 - space of the same length as the line width.
Long Dash Dot
111111110001000
1 - line segment of the same length as the line width,
0 - space of the same length as the line width.
Long Dash Dot Dot
1111111100010001000
1 - line segment of the same length as the line width,
0 - space of the same length as the line width.
Round Dot
10
1 - line segment of the same length as the line width,
0 - space of the same length as the line width.
Square Dot
1110
1 - line segment of the same length as the line width,
0 - space of the same length as the line width.
System Dash Dot
111010
1 - line segment of the same length as the line width,
0 - space of the same length as the line width.
System Dash Dot Dot
11101010
1 - line segment of the same length as the line width,
0 - space of the same length as the line width.
Custom
Represents an outline style that can be applied to a number of different objects such as shapes and text.
The line allows for the specifying of many different types of outlines including even line dashes and bevels.
Shape Formatting Example
Gets or sets the fill of the outline.
Fill types , , and are currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
The fill of the outline.
Gets or sets the width to be used for the underline stroke.
Default value is 0.
The width to be used for the underline stroke.
Gets or sets the ending caps that should be used for this line.
This also affects the ends of line segments for dashed lines.
Default value is .
The ending caps that should be used for this line.
Gets or sets the compound line type to be used for the underline stroke.
Default value is .
This member is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
The compound line type to be used for the underline stroke.
Gets or sets the dashing scheme that should be used for this line.
Default value is (no dashes).
The dashing scheme that should be used for this line.
Gets or sets the line join type that indicates how connected lines are joined.
Default value is .
The line join type that indicates how connected lines are joined.
Gets or sets the decorations added to the head of a line.
This member is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
The decorations added to the head of a line.
This property is applicable only on shape paths that are not closed.
Gets or sets the decorations added to the tail of a line.
This member is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
The decorations added to the tail of a line.
This property is applicable only on shape paths that are not closed.
Represents values that specify how the adjacent lines are joined.
A round joint specifies that lines joined together have a round join.
A bevel joint specifies that an angle joint is used to connect lines.
A miter joint specifies that a line join shall be mitered.
Represents a bullet character used in a that is part of a list.
Bullet character is absent.
Filled round bullet.
Hollow round bullet.
Filled square bullet.
Hollow square bullet.
Star bullet.
Arrow bullet.
Checkmark bullet.
Custom bullet character.
Represents an automatic numbering scheme used in a that is part of a list.
Number is absent.
1 2 3
1. 2. 3.
1) 2) 3)
I. II. III.
A. B. C.
a) b) c)
a. b. c.
i. ii. iii.
(1) (2) (3)
Represents a list type of a bulleted or numbered .
is not part of a list and its content is not preceded by any content.
is part of a list and its content is preceded by a bullet character.
is part of a list and its content is preceded by a picture bullet.
is part of a list and its content is preceded by a automatically generated number.
Represents a base class for loading options of various file formats.
To preserve unsupported file format features, set to .
PresentationDocument.Load methods
Read PowerPoint Files in C# and VB.NET
Load and Save PPTX in C# and VB.NET
Convert PowerPoint files to PDF in C# and VB.NET
Gets the default loading options for PowerPoint Presentation (PPTX) format.
The default loading options for PowerPoint Presentation (PPTX) format.
This property always returns a new instance of class initialized with default constructor.
Read PowerPoint Files in C# and VB.NET
Load and Save PPTX in C# and VB.NET
Gets the default loading options for PowerPoint 97-2003 Presentation (PPT) format.
The default loading options for PowerPoint 97-2003 Presentation (PPT) format.
This property always returns a new instance of class initialized with default constructor.
Open and read PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Gets the default loading options for HTML content.
The default loading options for HTML content.
This property always returns a new instance of class initialized with default constructor.
Load HTML content into presentation in C# and VB.NET
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve file format features that are not directly supported through GemBox.Presentation object model.
to preserve file format features that are not directly supported through GemBox.Presentation object model; otherwise, .
Default value is set to .
Represents a master notes slide - a template for all the s in the presentation.
Slide Notes Example
Gets the header and footer.
The header and footer.
Header and Footer Example
Represents a master slide - a root element in the hierarchy of a slide template chain.
Slides Example
Gets the layout slides associated with this master slide.
The layout slides associated with this master slide.
Slides Example
Gets the header and footer.
The header and footer.
Header and Footer Example
Gets or sets the name of the .
The name of the .
is , or with the same name already exists in the collection.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Represents a collection of master slides contained in the presentation.
Slides Example
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The to insert into the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the added to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the added to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Gets the with the specified name, if found; otherwise, .
The with the specified name, if found; otherwise, .
Name of the .
the with the specified name, if found; otherwise, .
Inserts a new to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which new should be inserted.
A new inserted to the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Adds a new to the end of the collection.
A new added to the collection.
Represents an Audio from a CD.
Gets the value.
The value.
Gets the value since audio from a CD doesn't have an associated content that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file.
Content is retrieved from the default CD drive on the machine on which the presentation is shown.
The value since audio from a CD doesn't have an associated content that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file.
Gets or sets the start point for a CD Audio.
Encompassed within this property are the track and the time at which the sound should begin its playback.
The start point for a CD Audio.
End point for a CD Audio is less than start point.
This property is used in conjunction with an property to specify the time span for an entire CD audio sound.
Gets or sets the end point for a CD Audio.
Encompassed within this property are the track and the time at which the sound should halt its playback.
The end point for a CD Audio.
End point for a CD Audio is less than start point.
This property is used in conjunction with a property to specify the time span for an entire CD audio sound.
Represents a CD Audio time used to specify CD track and optionally an offset (in seconds) from the start of the specified CD track.
Gets the time offset (in seconds) from the start of the CD .
The time offset (in seconds) from the start of the CD .
Initializes a new instance of the structure with the specified CD track.
The CD track.
Parameter is less than 1.
Initializes a new instance of the structure with the specified CD track and the time offset (in seconds) from the start of the specified CD track.
The CD track.
The time offset (in seconds) from the start of the specified CD track.
Parameter is less than 1 or parameter is less than zero.
Gets the CD track.
The CD track.
Compares the value of this instance to a specified value and returns an integer that indicates whether this instance is earlier than, the same as, or later than the specified value.
The object to compare to the current instance.
A signed number indicating the relative values of this instance and the parameter.
If returned value is less than zero, then this instance is earlier than ; else, if it is zero, then this instance is the same as ; else (if it is greater than zero) this instance is later than .
Determines whether the is equal to this instance.
The other CD Audio time to compare with this CD Audio time instance.
if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this CD Audio time instance.
if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Returns a hash code for this instance.
An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Determines whether and s are equal.
The first CD Audio time.
The second CD Audio time.
if and CD Audio times are equal; otherwise, .
Determines whether and s are not equal.
The first CD Audio time.
The second CD Audio time.
if and CD Audio times are not equal; otherwise, .
Determines whether is earlier than .
The first CD Audio time.
The second CD Audio time.
if CD Audio time is earlier than CD Audio time; otherwise, .
Determines whether is earlier than or equal to .
The first CD Audio time.
The second CD Audio time.
if CD Audio time is earlier than or equal to CD Audio time; otherwise, .
Determines whether is later than .
The first CD Audio time.
The second CD Audio time.
if CD Audio time is later than CD Audio time; otherwise, .
Determines whether is later than or equal to .
The first CD Audio time.
The second CD Audio time.
if CD Audio time is later than or equal to CD Audio time; otherwise, .
Represents an Audio that has an associated content that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file.
Audio and Video Example
Gets the value.
The value.
Gets the type of the audio content.
The type of the audio content.
Gets or sets the original name or a given short name for the corresponding sound.
Applicable only to embedded WAV sounds. Setting this property to any other sound type will raise .
Default value is .
The original name or a given short name for the corresponding sound.
Name can be set only to embedded WAV audio.
This is used to distinguish this sound from others by providing a human readable name for the attached sound should the user need to identify the sound among others within the UI.
Sets the audio content.
Content type of the audio content.
The audio content stream.
An instance of a class that represents the audio content that has been set.
is .
Represents an audio file format.
Unknown audio file format.
MPEG-1 Audio file format published as a standard ISO/IEC 11172-3. If interoperability is wanted, then use this standard format.
Waveform Audio File Format (WAV). It is the main format used on Windows systems for raw and typically uncompressed audio.
Audio Interchange File Format (AIFF). It is most commonly used on Apple Macintosh computer systems.
Audio file format usually encoded with a Vorbis I codec.. It is a free, open container format (OGG) maintained by the Xiph.Org Foundation.
Musical Instrument Digital Interface () file format. It is used widespread in computers, mobile phone ringtones, webpage authoring and greeting cards.
Represents a named location in the media content that is located at the specific time offset from the beginning of the media.
Gets the time offset from the beginning of the media.
The time offset from the beginning of the media
Gets the name.
The name.
Compares the value of this instance to a specified value and returns an integer that indicates whether this instance is earlier than, the same as, or later than the specified value.
The object to compare to the current instance.
A signed number indicating the relative values of this instance and the parameter.
If returned value is less than zero, then this instance is earlier than ; else, if it is zero, then this instance is the same as ; else (if it is greater than zero) this instance is later than .
Determines whether the is equal to this instance.
The other media bookmark to compare with this media bookmark instance.
if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this media bookmark instance.
if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Returns a hash code for this instance.
An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Determines whether and s are equal.
The first media bookmark.
The second media bookmark.
if and media bookmarks are equal; otherwise, .
Determines whether and s are not equal.
The first media bookmark.
The second media bookmark.
if and media bookmarks are not equal; otherwise, .
Determines whether is earlier than .
The first media bookmark.
The second media bookmark.
if media bookmark is earlier than media bookmark; otherwise, .
Determines whether is earlier than or equal to .
The first media bookmark.
The second media bookmark.
if media bookmark is earlier than or equal to media bookmark; otherwise, .
Determines whether is later than .
The first media bookmark.
The second media bookmark.
if media bookmark is later than media bookmark; otherwise, .
Determines whether is later than or equal to .
The first media bookmark.
The second media bookmark.
if media bookmark is later than or equal to media bookmark; otherwise, .
Represents a collection of bookmarks in the media.
All bookmarks in this collection must have unique names and time offsets.
Collection is sorted based on bookmark's time offsets.
Gets the bookmark name at the specified time offset.
Returns if there is no bookmark at the specified time offset.
The bookmark name at the specified time offset.
The time offset.
The bookmark name at the specified time offset or if there is no bookmark at the specified time offset.
Adds a new bookmark or gets the existing equally named bookmark at the specified time offset.
The bookmark name.
The time offset.
Bookmark with the different name already exist at the specified time offset.
or
Bookmark with the same name already exist at the different time offset.
Adds a new implicitly named bookmark or gets the existing bookmark at the specified time offset.
The time offset.
A newly added implicitly named bookmark or the existing bookmark at the specified time offset.
Removes a with the specified name from the collection.
The name of the to remove from the collection.
if with the specified name is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if with the specified name was not found in the original collection.
Removes a with the specified time offset from the collection.
The time offset of the to remove from the collection.
if with the specified time offset is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if with the specified time offset was not found in the original collection.
Determines whether a bookmark with the specified name is contained in the media bookmarks.
The bookmark name.
if bookmark with the specified name is found in the media bookmarks; otherwise, .
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Represents a base type for all media (audio or video) that have an associated content that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file.
Gets or sets the media content (audio or video data encoded in a particular format) that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file.
The media content (audio or video data encoded in a particular format) that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file.
Value is .
Gets the value since this media has an associated content that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file.
The value since this media has an associated content that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file.
Sets the media content (audio or video data encoded in a particular format).
The link to the media content.
An instance of a class that represents the media content that has been set.
is or .
Sets the media content (audio or video data encoded in a particular format).
Content type (MIME type) of the media content.
The media content stream.
An instance of a class that represents the media content that has been set.
is or .
is .
Represents a base type for all media (audio or video).
Gets the type of the media.
The type of the media.
Gets a value indicating whether this media has an associated content that is either embedded in the presentation file or linked to (for example, a file outside the presentation file).
if this media has an associated content that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file; otherwise, .
Gets the associated with this media.
The associated with this media.
Gets the amount of time to be trimmed from the start and end of the media during playback.
The amount of time to be trimmed from the start and end of the media during playback.
Gets the starting and ending fade durations for the media.
The starting and ending fade durations for the media.
Gets the collection of bookmarks on the media.
The collection of bookmarks on the media.
Represents a segment of the media (audio or video).
Gets or sets the time offset from the beginning of the media.
The time offset from the beginning of the media.
Gets or sets the time offset from the ending of the media.
The time offset from the ending of the media.
Represents the type of the media.
The audio.
The video.
Represents an amount of time.
Gets or sets the default time unit that is applied globally every time is converted from/to a .
The default time unit.
Initial value is .
This property makes code less verbose and, thus, easier to read and maintain because instead of using and , one can use implicit conversions from/to a .
Since default time unit is applied globally (like any other member), it is advisable not to set property or use implicit conversions from/to a if GemBox.Presentation is used by various application functions that expect different default time unit, especially if usage is multi-threaded.
Gets the value.
The value.
Gets the unit.
The unit.
Converts a time amount value in a specified time unit to a instance.
Negative is automatically coerced to zero.
The time amount value.
The time unit.
A instance that is equivalent to a specified input time amount in a specified time unit.
Converts this instance to an another instance with the specified time unit.
The time unit.
A instance that is equivalent to this instance in a specified time unit.
Compares the value of this instance to a specified value and returns an integer that indicates whether this instance is earlier than, the same as, or later than the specified value.
The object to compare to the current instance.
A signed number indicating the relative values of this instance and the parameter.
If returned value is less than zero, then this instance is earlier than ; else, if it is zero, then this instance is the same as ; else (if it is greater than zero) this instance is later than .
Determines whether the is equal to this instance.
The other time offset to compare with this time offset instance.
if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this time offset instance.
if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Returns a hash code for this instance.
An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.
Returns a that represents this instance in a specified format by using a specified format provider.
The format.
The format provider.
A that represents this instance in a specified format by using a specified format provider.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
Determines whether and s are equal.
The first time offset.
The second time offset.
if and time offsets are equal; otherwise, .
Determines whether and s are not equal.
The first time offset.
The second time offset.
if and time offsets are not equal; otherwise, .
Determines whether is earlier than .
The first time offset.
The second time offset.
if time offset is earlier than time offset; otherwise, .
Determines whether is earlier than or equal to .
The first time offset.
The second time offset.
if time offset is earlier than or equal to time offset; otherwise, .
Determines whether is later than .
The first time offset.
The second time offset.
if time offset is later than time offset; otherwise, .
Determines whether is later than or equal to .
The first time offset.
The second time offset.
if time offset is later than or equal to time offset; otherwise, .
Converts a time amount value in a default time unit to a instance.
The time amount value.
A instance that is equivalent to a specified input time amount in a default time unit.
Converts a instance to a time amount value in a default time unit.
The time offset value.
A time amount value that is equivalent to a specified input instance in a default time unit.
Represents a unit of measure for a time used in structure.
Nanosecond (one billionth of a second).
Microsecond (one millionth of a second).
Millisecond (one thousandth of a second).
Second.
Minute.
Hour.
Represents a Video that has an associated content that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file.
Audio and Video Example
Gets the value.
The value.
Gets the type of the video content.
The type of the video content.
Sets the video content.
Content type of the video content.
The video content stream.
An instance of a class that represents the video content that has been set.
is .
Represents a video file format.
Unknown video file format.
MPEG-2 file format published as a standard ISO/IEC 13818.
Audio Video Interleaved (AVI) file format.
QuickTime File Format (QTFF).
Video file format usually encoded with a Theora codec.. It is a free, open container format (OGG) maintained by the Xiph.Org Foundation.
Video Codec 1 file format (VC-1).
Represents the modification protection options for the . Supported only in PPTX format.
Modification protection refers to a mode in which the presentation's contents should not be modified, and the presentation should not be resaved using the same file name.
PPTX Modify Protection example
Returns if is protected with the password against modification and re-saving to the same file name.
if is protected with the password against modification and re-saving to the same file name; otherwise, .
Sets the modification protection password for the current instance.
New modification protection password (or to remove password from modification protection).
is too long. Modification protection password cannot have more than 255 characters.
Represents a notes slide associated with a .
Slide Notes Example
Gets the parent template .
The parent template .
Gets the slide associated with this notes slide.
The slide associated with this notes slide.
Resets all placeholders on the current so they are the same as on the .
Represents a class that stores saving options for Portable Document Format (PDF) file.
For more information about a level of support for PDF format, see supported file formats.
For more information about PDF encryption, see remarks.
Convert PowerPoint files to PDF in C# and VB.NET
Gets or sets the operations that are allowed to a user on an encrypted PDF document.
The operations that are allowed to a user on an encrypted PDF document.
Generated PDF document will be encrypted if any of the following conditions are satisfied:
-
is different than .
-
is not or .
-
is not or .
Both and are optional but with the following consequences:
-
If is different than and is not specified, component will generate random .
-
Using , also known as owner password, without is not secure. It relies on PDF viewer software to respect specified restrictions, but it may choose not to do so.
-
Using , also known as user password, is potentially very secure. It or is required for decrypting and viewing the document.
-
When is specified, PDF viewer application will prompt for password to decrypt and present the document. If entered password is , document will be decrypted and presented with specified enforced. Otherwise, if entered password is , document will be decrypted and presented without any restrictions.
and cannot be equal, otherwise exception is thrown.
For more information, see PDF Encryption example.
PDF Encryption example
Specifies the password required for opening the encrypted PDF document.
The password required for opening the encrypted PDF document.
Generated PDF document will be encrypted if any of the following conditions are satisfied:
-
is different than .
-
is not or .
-
is not or .
Both and are optional but with the following consequences:
-
If is different than and is not specified, component will generate random .
-
Using , also known as owner password, without is not secure. It relies on PDF viewer software to respect specified restrictions, but it may choose not to do so.
-
Using , also known as user password, is potentially very secure. It or is required for decrypting and viewing the document.
-
When is specified, PDF viewer application will prompt for password to decrypt and present the document. If entered password is , document will be decrypted and presented with specified enforced. Otherwise, if entered password is , document will be decrypted and presented without any restrictions.
and cannot be equal, otherwise exception is thrown.
For more information, see PDF Encryption example.
PDF Encryption example
Specifies the password for opening the encrypted PDF document without any access restrictions.
The password for opening the encrypted PDF document without any access restrictions.
Generated PDF document will be encrypted if any of the following conditions are satisfied:
-
is different than .
-
is not or .
-
is not or .
Both and are optional but with the following consequences:
-
If is different than and is not specified, component will generate random .
-
Using , also known as owner password, without is not secure. It relies on PDF viewer software to respect specified restrictions, but it may choose not to do so.
-
Using , also known as user password, is potentially very secure. It or is required for decrypting and viewing the document.
-
When is specified, PDF viewer application will prompt for password to decrypt and present the document. If entered password is , document will be decrypted and presented with specified enforced. Otherwise, if entered password is , document will be decrypted and presented without any restrictions.
and cannot be equal, otherwise exception is thrown.
For more information, see PDF Encryption example.
PDF Encryption example
Gets or sets the saved images DPI.
The saved images DPI.
This property controls the image quality for all images in the file. Larger value results in better-quality images but increases the file size. Setting this property to 0 will disable image optimization. Standard DPI values are:
-
330 - Good quality for HD displays
-
220 - Good quality for most printers and displays
-
150 - Good quality for web pages and projectors
-
96 - Good quality for smaller file sizes
Using this property you basically specify the DPI of the display device on which the file will be viewed and for which the images in the file should be optimized without losing any perceived quality because images go through the same resampling (reduction of pixel count) as they would in the viewer application if viewing the file using the default (100%) zoom factor on that display device.
For example, if an image whose pixel size is 600px × 400px is shown on page where it occupies a slot whose physical size is 150pt × 100pt, then if the display device DPI is 144px/inch, the viewer application will show the image in a display slot whose pixel size is 300px × 200px if the default (100%) zoom factor is used
(Rationale: there are always 72 points per inch and for the DPI of 144, there are 144 pixels per inch, so 150[pt] = 150[pt] × 144[px/inch] / 72[pt/inch] = 300[px]).
So the viewer application has to fit an image into a smaller display slot and it will do so by resampling the image from 600px × 400px to 300px × 200px.
Reducing the total number of pixels 4 times (from 240000 to 60000) would also reduce the image file size, so GemBox component can do this instead of the viewer application, thus achieving the overall smaller file size without any perceived loss of quality since the same image resampling would have been done by the viewer application anyway if the default (100%) zoom factor is used.
Instructing the GemBox component to perform image resampling (by setting the property to the DPI of the display device on which the file is going to be viewed) has two effects:
-
Major benefit: output file size will be smaller if there are images whose pixel size is greater than their display size because those images are resampled to a smaller number of pixels without any perceived loss of quality since the same resampling would have been done by the viewer application anyway.
-
Minor benefit: viewer application will be able to present the image faster because it needs to decode a fewer number of pixels and because the display slot size will be exactly equal to the image pixel size so it doesn't have to perform any resampling if the default (100%) zoom factor is used.
Gets or sets the level of conformance for PDF document.
The level of conformance for PDF document.
Gets or sets the version of the PDF specification to which the PDF document conforms specified in the PDF file's header (see 7.5.2, "File Header").
Note that the PDF file's header version might be coerced to a value higher than the one specified in if the PDF file uses features that are not supported by the version specified in .
If the value is then PDF file's header version will be automatically set to a specific value depending on the features used in the PDF file.
Default value: .
The version of the PDF specification to which the PDF document conforms specified in the PDF file's header.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation such as those from Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) or HarfBuzz text-shaping engine, or to use the default primitive implementation.
Default value is for improved performance and stability of the output because advanced text formatting is required only for complex scripts or advanced typography features.
to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation; otherwise to use the default primitive implementation.
Occurs when saving progress of a file has changed.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets the digital signature options.
The digital signature options.
PDF digital signature examples
Gets the content-type for PDF file format: application/pdf.
The content-type for PDF file format.
Specifies information about how a presentation is printed.
For more information, see Print example.
Print PowerPoint files in C# and VB.NET
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class by using an XML stream
(that contains a document) that complies with the XML Print Schema.
For more information, see Print example.
Print PowerPoint files in C# and VB.NET
Gets or sets the number of copies of the presentation to print.
The number of copies of the presentation to print.
Value must be positive.
Gets or sets the slide index of the first slide to print.
The slide index of the first slide to print.
Value cannot be negative.
Presentation slides are zero-indexed meaning that first slide in the presentation has index 0 (zero).
Gets or sets the index of the last slide to print.
The index of the last slide to print.
Value cannot be lower than .
Use value to print to the last slide.
Gets or sets the name of the printed document in the print queue.
Default value is 'Presentation'.
The name of the printed document in the print queue.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation such as those from Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) or HarfBuzz text-shaping engine, or to use the default primitive implementation.
Default value is for improved performance and stability of the output because advanced text formatting is required only for complex scripts or advanced typography features.
to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation; otherwise to use the default primitive implementation.
Represents a position within a .
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Loads the specified text with specific formatting at the current .
The text which should be loaded at the current .
The formatting of the text which should be loaded at the current .
A instance which points to a location just after the loaded text.
Gets the parent that scopes the current .
The parent that scopes the current .
Gets the character formatting options for text loaded with method or if text cannot be loaded to the current .
The character formatting options for text loaded with method or if text cannot be loaded to the current .
Loads the specified text at the current .
The text which should be loaded at the current .
A instance which points to a location just after the loaded text.
Loads the specified (interpreted) to the current .
The text which should be loaded at the current .
The options used to define settings for load operation.
A instance which points to a location just after the loaded text.
Represents a contiguous area in a presentation between two s.
is defined by a starting and ending .
instances are used to identify specific portions of a presentation.
instance only exists while the programming code that defined it is running.
enables to view the presentation as a contiguous sequence of characters by hiding the complexity of
the underlying hierarchical content model.
offers following functionalities:
- Delete part of the presentation content with TextRange.Delete method.
- Set new content to a part of the presentation content with TextRange.LoadText method.
- Insert new content before or after a part of the presentation content with TextRange.Start. and TextRange.End.LoadText methods.
- Find all parts of the presentation content which match the specified string or specified with TextRange.Find methods.
- Export part of the presentation content to a textual format with TextRange.ToString method.
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Loads the specified with specific formatting to the current .
The text which should be loaded to the current .
The formatting of the text which should be loaded to the current .
A instance which contains loaded text.
A load operation replaces the current 's content with the newly loaded content.
Gets the that marks the beginning of the current .
The that marks the beginning of the current .
Gets the that marks the end of the current .
The that marks the end of the current .
Gets the character formatting options for text loaded with method or if text cannot be loaded to the current .
The character formatting options for text loaded with method or if text cannot be loaded to the current .
It is necessary to use this property on the same instance that will be used for loading text.
Accessing the TextContent property of an element, such as ,
always creates a new instance. Therefore the value returned from the property needs to be stored in a variable
and used both for setting the text format as well as loading the text.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The that marks the beginning of the new .
The that marks the end of the new .
Argument or is .
Deletes the presentation content specified with the current .
Loads the specified to the current .
The text which should be loaded to the current .
A instance which contains loaded text.
A load operation replaces the current 's content with the newly loaded content.
Loads the specified (interpreted) to the current .
The HTML text which should be loaded to the current .
The options used to define settings for load operation.
A instance which contains loaded text.
A load operation replaces the current 's content with the newly loaded content.
Finds all s which contain the specified text.
The text which should be searched for.
All s which contain the specified text.
Argument text can't be null or empty.
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Finds all s which match the specified .
The which should be matched.
All s which match the specified .
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Replaces all occurrences of the specified text with another text in the current .
The text which should be searched for.
The text which should replace all occurrences of searched text.
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Replaces all matches of the specified with specified text in the current .
The Regex which should be matched.
The text which should replace all matches of searched .
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Returns a plain text that represents this instance.
A plain text that represents this instance.
Represents a class that stores saving options for XML Paper Specification (XPS) file.
For more information about a level of support for XPS format, see supported file formats.
Gets or sets the rendering mode used when saving the content to an XML Paper Specification (XPS) file.
The rendering mode used when saving the content to an XML Paper Specification (XPS) file.
The rendering mode is not supported because of the reasons explained in the exception's .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation such as those from Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) or HarfBuzz text-shaping engine, or to use the default primitive implementation.
Default value is for improved performance and stability of the output because advanced text formatting is required only for complex scripts or advanced typography features.
to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation; otherwise to use the default primitive implementation.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets the content-type for XPS file format: application/vnd.ms-xpsdocument.
The content-type for XPS file format.
Represents an OLE object or control within a presentation.
Gets the graphic frame that contains this OLE object.
The that contains this OLE object.
Gets or sets the identifying name class used by scripting languages. This name is also used to construct the clipboard name.
The identifying name class used by scripting languages. This name is also used to construct the clipboard name.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the OLE object is displayed as an icon or using its native representation.
if the OLE object is displayed as an icon; otherwise, if it is displayed using its native representation.
Gets the content type of the OLE object data.
The content type of the OLE object data.
Gets or sets the update mode for the OLE object.
The value indicating how the OLE object is updated.
Gets or sets the program identifier (ProgId) associated with the OLE object.
The ProgId for the OLE object.
Gets the path or link associated with the OLE object.
Thrown if the path cannot be determined if the object is linked with a null link.
Gets the link associated with the OLE object, if it is linked.
The link to the external object.
Gets the data of the OLE object.
A containing the OLE object data.
Gets or sets the width of the embedded control.
The width of the embedded control as a .
Gets or sets the height of the embedded control.
The height of the embedded control as a .
Gets or sets the preview picture or the icon () associated with the OLE object.
The preview picture or the icon () representing the OLE object.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether this object or control is linked.
if this object or control is linked; otherwise, if it is embedded.
Sets the link for the OLE object.
The link to the external object.
The range within the linked object, if any.
The explicit content type, if any.
Thrown if is null.
Sets the data for the OLE object from the specified file path.
The file path containing the OLE object data.
The explicit content type, if any.
Thrown if is null.
Thrown if the file at does not exist.
Sets the data for the OLE object from the specified stream.
The stream containing the OLE object data.
The source path of the OLE object.
The explicit content type, if any.
Thrown if or is null.
Specifies the update behavior for an OLE linked object.
The OLE linked object is always updated automatically.
The OLE linked object is updated only when explicitly called.
Provides data for events that track the progress of an operation, such as loading and saving of a presentation document.
Cancels the operation that reported this progress change.
Represents a page layout orientation.
Specifies that pages shall be displayed in landscape mode.
Specifies that pages shall be displayed in portrait mode.
Represents options used to specify which parts of the presentation to update while paginating it.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to update table column widths while paginating the presentation.
will be set to a value calculated while paginating the presentation for each column in a table.
to update table column widths while paginating the presentation; otherwise, .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to update table row heights while paginating the presentation.
will be set to a value calculated while paginating the presentation for each row in a table.
to update table row heights while paginating the presentation; otherwise, .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to trim excess table cell spans while paginating the presentation.
For example, table with two rows (row 1: cell[column span = 2], cell[column span = 2]) (row 2: cell[column span = 4]) will be trimmed to (row 1: cell[column span = 1], cell[column span = 1]) (row 2: cell[column span = 2]).
to trim excess table cell spans while paginating the presentation; otherwise, .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation such as those from Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) or HarfBuzz text-shaping engine, or to use the default primitive implementation.
Default value is for improved performance and stability of the output because advanced text formatting is required only for complex scripts or advanced typography features.
to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation; otherwise to use the default primitive implementation.
Occurs when paginating progress of a file has changed.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Represents a fill with a repeated pattern of foreground and background color.
Shape Formatting Example
Gets the value.
The value.
Gets or sets the type of the fill pattern.
The type of the fill pattern.
Gets or sets the foreground color.
The foreground color.
Gets or sets the background color.
The background color.
Represents a type of pattern fill.
No filling.
No pattern. Background color only.
No pattern. Foreground color only.
5% of the foreground color.
10% of the foreground color.
12.5% of the foreground color.
15% of the foreground color.
20% of the foreground color.
25% of the foreground color.
30% of the foreground color.
35% of the foreground color.
37.5% of the foreground color.
40% of the foreground color.
45% of the foreground color.
50% of the foreground color.
55% of the foreground color.
60% of the foreground color.
62.5% of the foreground color.
65% of the foreground color.
70% of the foreground color.
75% of the foreground color.
80% of the foreground color.
85% of the foreground color.
87.5% of the foreground color.
90% of the foreground color.
95% of the foreground color.
Dark Horizontal
Dark Vertical
Dark Downward Diagonal
Dark Upward Diagonal
Small Checker Board
Trellis
Light Horizontal
Light Vertical
Light Downward Diagonal
Light Upward Diagonal
Small Grid
Dotted Diamond
Wide Downward Diagonal
Wide Upward Diagonal
Dashed Upward Diagonal
Dashed Downward Diagonal
Narrow Vertical
Narrow Horizontal
Dashed Vertical
Dashed Horizontal
Large Confetti
Large Grid
Horizontal Brick
Large Checker Board
Small Confetti
Zig Zag
Solid Diamond
Diagonal Brick
Outlined Diamond
Plaid
Sphere
Weave
Dotted Grid
Pattern Divot
Shingle
Wave
Horizontal
Vertical
Cross
Downward Diagonal
Upward Diagonal
Diagonal Cross
Horizontal Cross
Diagonal Stripe
Reverse Diagonal Stripe
Horizontal Stripe
Vertical Stripe
Thin Diagonal Cross
Thin Diagonal Stripe
Thin Reverse Diagonal Stripe
Thin Horizontal Cross
Thin Horizontal Stripe
Thin Vertical Stripe
Represents levels of conformance for PDF documents.
No conformance.
PDF/A-1 is based on PDF version 1.4, which first appeared in 2001. All resources (images, graphics, typographic characters) must be embedded
within the PDF/A document itself. A PDF/A file requires precise, platform-independent colour data using ICC profiles, and XMP for the document
metadata. Transparent elements, some forms of compression (LZW, JPEG2000), PDF layers, and certain actions or JavaScript are forbidden. A PDF/A
file must not be password-protected. PDF/A-1 expressly supports embedded digital signatures and the use of hyperlinks.
Level A (Accessible) meets all requirements for the standard, including the logical structure of the document and its correct reading order.
Text must be extractable and the logical structure must match the natural reading order. Fonts used must meet stringent requirements.
This PDF/A level can usually only be met by converting born-digital documents.
PDF/A-1 is based on PDF version 1.4, which first appeared in 2001. All resources (images, graphics, typographic characters) must be embedded
within the PDF/A document itself. A PDF/A file requires precise, platform-independent colour data using ICC profiles, and XMP for the document
metadata. Transparent elements, some forms of compression (LZW, JPEG2000), PDF layers, and certain actions or JavaScript are forbidden. A PDF/A
file must not be password-protected. PDF/A-1 expressly supports embedded digital signatures and the use of hyperlinks.
Level B (Basic) guarantees that the content of the document can be unambiguously reproduced. Level B files are easier to create than Level A, but
Level B does not guarantee 100% text extraction or searchability. It does not necessarily mean that the content can be reused without any problems.
Scanned paper documents can usually be converted to PDF/A Conformance Level B without any extra work.
PDF/A-2 was published in 2011 as "ISO 19005-2". Based on PDF version 1.7, which has since been standardised as "ISO 32000-1", it makes use of
this version’s new features. This means PDF/A-2 allows JPEG2000 compression, transparent elements and PDF layers. PDF/A-2 also allows you to
embed OpenType fonts and supports PAdES(PDF Advanced Electronic Signatures)-compliant digital signatures. One particularly important innovation
is the "container" function: PDF/A files can be embedded within a PDF/A-2 document.
Level A (Accessible) meets all requirements for the standard, including the logical structure of the document and its correct reading order.
Text must be extractable and the logical structure must match the natural reading order. Fonts used must meet stringent requirements.
This PDF/A level can usually only be met by converting born-digital documents.
PDF/A-2 was published in 2011 as "ISO 19005-2". Based on PDF version 1.7, which has since been standardised as "ISO 32000-1", it makes use of
this version’s new features. This means PDF/A-2 allows JPEG2000 compression, transparent elements and PDF layers. PDF/A-2 also allows you to
embed OpenType fonts and supports PAdES(PDF Advanced Electronic Signatures)-compliant digital signatures. One particularly important innovation
is the "container" function: PDF/A files can be embedded within a PDF/A-2 document.
Level B (Basic) guarantees that the content of the document can be unambiguously reproduced. Level B files are easier to create than Level A, but
Level B does not guarantee 100% text extraction or searchability. It does not necessarily mean that the content can be reused without any problems.
Scanned paper documents can usually be converted to PDF/A Conformance Level B without any extra work.
PDF/A-2 was published in 2011 as "ISO 19005-2". Based on PDF version 1.7, which has since been standardised as "ISO 32000-1", it makes use of
this version’s new features. This means PDF/A-2 allows JPEG2000 compression, transparent elements and PDF layers. PDF/A-2 also allows you to
embed OpenType fonts and supports PAdES(PDF Advanced Electronic Signatures)-compliant digital signatures. One particularly important innovation
is the "container" function: PDF/A files can be embedded within a PDF/A-2 document.
Level U (Unicode) was introduced along with PDF/A-2. It expands Conformance Level B to specify that all text can be mapped to standard Unicode character codes.
PDF/A-3 has been available since October 2012. A PDF/A-3 document allows you to embed any file format desired – not just PDF/A documents.
For example, a PDF/A-3 file can contain the original file from which it was generated. The PDF/A standard does not regulate the suitability of
these embedded files for archiving.
Level A (Accessible) meets all requirements for the standard, including the logical structure of the document and its correct reading order.
Text must be extractable and the logical structure must match the natural reading order. Fonts used must meet stringent requirements.
This PDF/A level can usually only be met by converting born-digital documents.
PDF/A-3 has been available since October 2012. A PDF/A-3 document allows you to embed any file format desired – not just PDF/A documents.
For example, a PDF/A-3 file can contain the original file from which it was generated. The PDF/A standard does not regulate the suitability of
these embedded files for archiving.
Level B (Basic) guarantees that the content of the document can be unambiguously reproduced. Level B files are easier to create than Level A, but
Level B does not guarantee 100% text extraction or searchability. It does not necessarily mean that the content can be reused without any problems.
Scanned paper documents can usually be converted to PDF/A Conformance Level B without any extra work.
PDF/A-3 has been available since October 2012. A PDF/A-3 document allows you to embed any file format desired – not just PDF/A documents.
For example, a PDF/A-3 file can contain the original file from which it was generated. The PDF/A standard does not regulate the suitability of
these embedded files for archiving.
Level U (Unicode) was introduced along with PDF/A-2. It expands Conformance Level B to specify that all text can be mapped to standard Unicode character codes.
Represents a class that stores details for signing a document saved to a Portable Document Format (PDF) with a digital signature.
Presentation will be digitally signed when saved to a PDF if , or is specified, if instance is created with method or if Sign(Stream) method is overridden, otherwise it will be saved but not digitally signed.
If your project doesn't target Windows platform, to use , make sure your project references NuGet package System.Security.Cryptography.Pkcs.
PDF digital signature examples
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the signature is PDF Advanced Electronic Signature (PAdES).
if the signature is PDF Advanced Electronic Signature (PAdES); otherwise, .
PAdES baseline signatures
Extended PAdES signature profiles
Gets or sets the CPU host name or physical location of the signing.
The CPU host name or physical location of the signing.
Gets or sets the contact information.
Information provided by the signer to enable a recipient to contact the signer
to verify the signature; for example, a phone number.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified signer.
A delegate that returns the format of the signature content that the signer produces.
A delegate that returns the estimated length of the signature content (in bytes) that should be large enough to contain the entire data returned by the delegate.
A delegate called when saving the PDF file that takes the PDF file stream (without signature's Contents entry) as an input and returns the signature that will be set as the value of the signature's Contents entry.
A new instance of the class from the specified signer.
PAdES signature (LTV enabled) example
Gets the estimated signature length.
The estimated signature length.
Returns the digital signature for the PDF file stream.
The PDF file stream that will be digitally signed.
The digital signature for the PDF file stream.
Defines operations that are allowed to a user on an encrypted PDF document.
For more information about PDF encryption, see remarks.
PDF Encryption example
Disallows all operations.
Allows printing.
Allows high resolution printing.
Allows changing the document.
Allows copying the content.
Allow accessibility software to use the document contents.
If this is disabled, inserting, deleting or rotating pages, or creating bookmarks and thumbnails is prohibited.
Allows adding or modifying text annotations, filling of interactive form fields (including signature fields).
Allows all operations.
Represents the version of the PDF specification to which the PDF document conforms.
History and standardization of Portable Document Format
The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.0 specification released in 1993.
The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.1 specification released in 1994 and supported in Acrobat Reader 2.0.
The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.2 specification released in 1996 and supported in Acrobat Reader 3.0.
The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.3 specification released in 2000 and supported in Acrobat Reader 4.0.
The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.4 specification released in 2001 and supported in Acrobat Reader 5.0.
The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.5 specification released in 2003 and supported in Acrobat Reader 6.0.
The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.6 specification released in 2004 and supported in Acrobat Reader 7.0.
The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.7 specification released in 2006 and to the ISO 32000-1:2008 specification released in 2008 and supported in Acrobat Reader 8.0.
The PDF document conforms to the ISO 32000-2:2017 specification released in 2017.
Represents a drawing visualizes a picture on the slide surface.
Pictures Example
Gets the value.
The value.
Gets the picture fill.
The picture fill.
Gets the media (audio or video) associated with this or if no media is associated with this picture.
The media (audio or video) associated with this or if no media is associated with this picture.
Audio and Video Example
Specifies the amount of compression that has been used
for a particular binary large image or picture (blip).
No compression was used.
Compression size suitable for inclusion with email.
Compression size suitable for high quality printing.
Compression size suitable for printing.
Compression size suitable for viewing on screen.
Represents a picture that has an associated content that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file.
Gets the picture content (picture data encoded in a particular format) that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file.
The picture content (picture data encoded in a particular format) that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file.
Gets the type of the compression.
The type of the compression.
Gets the picture content effects.
The picture content effects.
Gets the type of the picture content.
The type of the picture content.
Gets the width of the picture.
The width of the picture.
Gets the height of the picture.
The height of the picture.
Represents effects that can be applied to the picture content.
Gets or sets the transparency of the picture. Possible values range from 0 (full transparency) to 1 (no transparency).
The default value is 1 (no transparency).
The transparency of the picture.
Represents a picture file format.
Unknown picture file format.
Portable Network Graphics (PNG) file format.
Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) file format.
Tagged Image File Format (TIFF).
Graphics Interchange Format (GIF)
Legacy native graphics format of Apple's 2D graphics library QuickDraw which is a core part of the classic Apple Macintosh operating system.
Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) file format.
Enhanced Metafile Format (EMF) file format.
Represents a fill with a picture that can either be tiled (as a texture) or stretched to fill the available area. This fill is not supported for outlines, borders and underlines.
Pictures Example
Shape Formatting Example
Gets the value.
The value.
Gets the picture data that has an associated content that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file.
The picture data that has an associated content that is either embedded in or linked to the presentation file.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the fill should rotate with the shape.
Default value: .
if fill should rotate with the shape; otherwise, .
If set to and a shape that has been filled with a picture is transformed with a rotation, then the fill will be transformed with the same rotation.
Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the left edge of the picture specified as a relative value (percentage of the picture data width, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the picture data width).
The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the left edge of the picture .
To reverse the effect of extra stretching caused because cropped picture data is stretched, increment the by the .
To inset the stretched picture data into the filling area you can either set the to a positive value or to a negative value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area width as a basis and uses picture data width as a basis).
To outset the stretched picture data outside of the filling area you can either set the to a negative value or to a positive value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area width as a basis and uses picture data width as a basis).
If the picture is tiled ( is ), then cropped parts of the picture data are covered by the adjacent tiles and all tiles consist of the non-cropped part of the picture data.
Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the right edge of the picture specified as a relative value (percentage of the picture data width, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the picture data width).
The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the right edge of the picture .
To reverse the effect of extra stretching caused because cropped picture data is stretched, increment the by the .
To inset the stretched picture data into the filling area you can either set the to a positive value or to a negative value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area width as a basis and uses picture data width as a basis).
To outset the stretched picture data outside of the filling area you can either set the to a negative value or to a positive value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area width as a basis and uses picture data width as a basis).
If the picture is tiled ( is ), then cropped parts of the picture data are covered by the adjacent tiles and all tiles consist of the non-cropped part of the picture data.
Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the top edge of the picture specified as a relative value (percentage of the picture data height, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the picture data height).
The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the top edge of the picture .
To reverse the effect of extra stretching caused because cropped picture data is stretched, increment the by the .
To inset the stretched picture data into the filling area you can either set the to a positive value or to a negative value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area height as a basis and uses picture data height as a basis).
To outset the stretched picture data outside of the filling area you can either set the to a negative value or to a positive value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area height as a basis and uses picture data height as a basis).
If the picture is tiled ( is ), then cropped parts of the picture data are covered by the adjacent tiles and all tiles consist of the non-cropped part of the picture data.
Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the bottom edge of the picture specified as a relative value (percentage of the picture data height, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the picture data height).
The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of bottom top edge of the picture .
To reverse the effect of extra stretching caused because cropped picture data is stretched, increment the by the .
To inset the stretched picture data into the filling area you can either set the to a positive value or to a negative value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area height as a basis and uses picture data height as a basis).
To outset the stretched picture data outside of the filling area you can either set the to a negative value or to a positive value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area height as a basis and uses picture data height as a basis).
If the picture is tiled ( is ), then cropped parts of the picture data are covered by the adjacent tiles and all tiles consist of the non-cropped part of the picture data.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the fill should tile as a texture or stretch over the filling area.
if fill should tile as a texture; otherwise, to stretch it over the filling area.
Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the left edge of the stretched picture fill from the left edge of the filling area specified as a relative value (percentage of the filling area width, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the filling area width).
The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the left edge of the stretched picture fill from the left edge of the filling area.
Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the right edge of the stretched picture fill from the right edge of the filling area specified as a relative value (percentage of the filling area width, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the filling area width).
The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the right edge of the stretched picture fill from the right edge of the filling area.
Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the top edge of the stretched picture fill from the top edge of the filling area specified as a relative value (percentage of the filling area height, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the filling area height).
The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the top edge of the stretched picture fill from the top edge of the filling area.
Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the bottom edge of the stretched picture fill from the bottom edge of the filling area specified as a relative value (percentage of the filling area height, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the filling area height).
The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the bottom edge of the stretched picture fill from the bottom edge of the filling area.
Gets or sets the additional horizontal offset after tiling alignment.
The additional horizontal offset after tiling alignment.
Gets or sets the horizontal tiling scale in range from 0 = 0% to 1 = 100%.
The horizontal tiling scale.
Gets or sets the additional vertical offset after tiling alignment.
The additional vertical offset after tiling alignment.
Gets or sets the vertical tiling scale in range from 0 = 0% to 1 = 100%.
The vertical tiling scale.
Gets or sets a value indicating where to align the first tile with respect to the filling area.
Alignment happens after the scaling, but before the additional offset.
A value indicating where to align the first tile with respect to the filling area.
Specifies the direction(s) in which to flip the source image while tiling.
Images may be flipped horizontally, vertically, or in both directions to fill the entire region.
The direction(s) in which to flip the source image while tiling.
Sets the picture data.
Path or link to a picture data.
if the picture is linked to the file in which instance is saved; otherwise, .
An instance of a class that represents the picture data that has been set.
is or or doesn't contain extension or extension is not supported.
Use this overload to automatically detect the picture content type from the extension.
Parameter must contain supported extension (for example, ".png") if is , otherwise exception is thrown.
Sets the picture data.
Path to a picture data.
Content type of the picture data.
An instance of a class that represents the picture data that has been set.
is or .
Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type (for example, if doesn't specify a file extension).
Sets the picture data.
Path to a picture data.
Content type (MIME type) of the picture data.
An instance of a class that represents the picture data that has been set.
or is or .
Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type that is not supported by the .
Sets the picture data.
Stream containing the picture data.
An instance of a class that represents the picture data that has been set.
is .
Picture encoding format is not supported.
Use this overload to automatically detect the picture content type from the decoded picture .
Sets the picture data.
The picture data stream.
Content type of the picture data.
An instance of a class that represents the picture data that has been set.
is .
Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type so that the picture doesn't have to be decoded to detect the picture content type.
Sets the picture data.
The picture data stream.
Content type (MIME type) of the picture data.
An instance of a class that represents the picture data that has been set.
is .
is or .
Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type that is not supported by the .
Sets the picture data.
The picture content that should be set.
An instance of a class that represents the picture data that has been set.
is .
Use this overload if multiple s should share the same picture data.
Sets the picture data.
The picture content that should be set.
Compression level that the generating application can use as a guidance when optimizing picture data size.
An instance of a class that represents the picture data that has been set.
is .
Use this overload if multiple s should share the same picture data but with different compression levels.
Sets the picture data.
Content type of the picture data.
The picture data stream.
An instance of a class that represents the picture data that has been set.
Sets the picture data.
Content type (MIME type) of the picture data.
The picture data stream.
An instance of a class that represents the picture data that has been set.
is or .
is .
An enumeration of supported pixel formats when saving a to an image using an .
Pixel format that is best suited for the particular operation.
Bgr101010 is a sRGB format with 32 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel (blue, green, and red) is allocated 10 bits per pixel (BPP).
Bgr24 is a sRGB format with 24 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel (blue, green, and red) is allocated 8 bits per pixel (BPP).
Bgr32 is a sRGB format with 32 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel (blue, green, and red) is allocated 8 bits per pixel (BPP).
Bgr555 is a sRGB format with 16 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel (blue, green, and red) is allocated 5 bits per pixel (BPP).
Bgr565 is a sRGB format with 16 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel (blue, green, and red) is allocated 5, 6, and 5 bits per pixel (BPP) respectively.
Bgra32 is a sRGB format with 32 bits per pixel (BPP). Each channel (blue, green, red, and alpha) is allocated 8 bits per pixel (BPP).
Black and white pixel format which displays one bit of data per pixel as either black or white.
Cmyk32 pixel format which displays 32 bits per pixel (BPP) with each color channel (cyan, magenta, yellow, and black) allocated 8 bits per pixel (BPP).
Gray16 pixel format which displays a 16 bits-per-pixel grayscale channel, allowing 65536 shades of gray. This format has a gamma of 1.0.
Gray2 pixel format which displays a 2 bits-per-pixel grayscale channel, allowing 4 shades of gray.
Gray32Float displays a 32 bits per pixel (BPP) grayscale channel, allowing over 4 billion shades of gray. This format has a gamma of 1.0.
Gray4 pixel format which displays a 4 bits-per-pixel grayscale channel, allowing 16 shades of gray.
Gray8 pixel format which displays an 8 bits-per-pixel grayscale channel, allowing 256 shades of gray.
Pbgra32 is a sRGB format with 32 bits per pixel (BPP). Each channel (blue, green, red, and alpha) is allocated 8 bits per pixel (BPP).
Each color channel is pre-multiplied by the alpha value.
Prgba128Float is a ScRGB format with 128 bits per pixel (BPP). Each channel (red, green, blue, and alpha) is allocated 32 bits per pixel (BPP).
Each color channel is pre-multiplied by the alpha value. This format has a gamma of 1.0.
Prgba64 is a sRGB format with 64 bits per pixel (BPP). Each channel (blue, green, red, and alpha) is allocated 32 bits per pixel (BPP).
Each color channel is pre-multiplied by the alpha value. This format has a gamma of 1.0.
Rgb128Float is a ScRGB format with 128 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel is allocated 32 BPP. This format has a gamma of 1.0.
Rgb24 is a sRGB format with 24 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel (red, green, and blue) is allocated 8 bits per pixel (BPP).
Rgb48 is a sRGB format with 48 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel (red, green, and blue) is allocated 16 bits per pixel (BPP). This format has a gamma of 1.0.
Rgba128Float is a ScRGB format with 128 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel is allocated 32 bits per pixel (BPP). This format has a gamma of 1.0.
Rgba64 is an sRGB format with 64 bits per pixel (BPP). Each channel (red, green, blue, and alpha) is allocated 16 bits per pixel (BPP). This format has a gamma of 1.0.
Represents the content type a placeholder should contain.
Placeholder contains any content type. Allowed for and .
Placeholder contains a picture. Allowed for and .
Placeholder contains a single clip art image. Allowed for and .
Placeholder contains multimedia content such as audio or a movie clip. Allowed for and .
Placeholder contains a table. Allowed for and .
Placeholder contains a chart or graph. Allowed for and .
Placeholder contains a diagram. Allowed for and .
Placeholder contains a title intended to be centered on the slide. Allowed for and .
Placeholder contains a subtitle. Allowed for and .
Placeholder contains a slide title. Allowed for , and . Can be horizontal or vertical on and .
Placeholder contains text. Allowed for , , , and . Can be horizontal or vertical on and .
Placeholder contains the date and time. Allowed for , , , , and Handout Master Slide.
Placeholder contains text to be used as a footer in the document. Allowed for , , , , and Handout Master Slide.
Placeholder contains the number of a slide or a page. Allowed for , , , , and Handout Master Slide.
Placeholder contains text to be used as a header for the document. Allowed for , and Handout Master Slide.
Placeholder contains an image of the slide. Allowed for and .
Represents a PowerPoint Presentation type.
PowerPoint Presentation.
PowerPoint Show.
PowerPoint Template.
Represents a class that stores loading options for PowerPoint 97-2003 Presentation (PPT) format.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Represents a class that stores details for signing a workbook saved to PPTX file with a digital signature.
Workbook will be digitally signed when saved to a PPTX if , or is specified, otherwise it will be saved but not digitally signed.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the signature is XMS Advanced Electronic Signature (XAdES).
The default value of this property is .
if the signature is XML Advanced Electronic Signature (XAdES); otherwise, .
Gets or sets the commitment type when signing a document.
The commitment type when signing a document.
This property is saved to the document only when is .
Gets or sets the signer role.
The signer role.
This property is saved to the document only when is .
Get or sets the location at which the signature was created
The location at which the signature was created
This property is displayed in document only when is .
Get or sets the additional location at which the signature was created
The additional location at which the signature was created
This property is displayed in document only when is .
Gets or sets the city associated with the signer
The city associated with the signer
This property is saved to the document only when is .
Gets or sets the state or province associated with the signer
The state or province associated with the signer
This property is saved to the document only when is .
Gets or sets the postal or zip code associated with the signer
The postal or zip code associated with the signer
This property is saved to the document only when is .
Gets or sets the country associated with the signer
The country associated with the signer
This property is saved to the document only when is .
Gets additional certificates to be embedded in the signature.
The additional certificates to be embedded in the signature.
This property is saved to the document only when is .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Represents a class that stores loading options for PowerPoint Presentation (PPTX) format.
Read PowerPoint Files in C# and VB.NET
Load and Save PPTX in C# and VB.NET
Convert PowerPoint files to PDF in C# and VB.NET
Gets or sets the password to open protected / encrypted presentation.
The password to open protected / encrypted presentation.
PPTX Encryption Example
Occurs when the loading progress of a file has changed.
The file path or stream that was provided as a file source is used as a .
Determines whether the file is an encrypted PPTX.
The path from which to read a file.
if file is an encrypted PPTX; otherwise, .
Determines whether the file is an encrypted PPTX.
The stream from which to read a file.
if file is an encrypted PPTX; otherwise, .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Represents a class that stores saving options for PowerPoint Presentation file.
To save a presentation as a slide show or a template, set property to appropriate value.
To enable macros (embedded code written in a Visual Basic for Applications), set property to .
Write PowerPoint Files in C# and VB.NET
Load and Save PPTX in C# and VB.NET
Gets or sets the PowerPoint Presentation type of the instance that will be saved.
The PowerPoint Presentation type of the instance that will be saved.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the instance that will be saved contains any macro (embedded code written in a Visual Basic for Applications).
if the instance that will be saved contains any macro (embedded code written in a Visual Basic for Applications); otherwise, .
Gets or sets the saved images DPI.
The saved images DPI.
This property controls the image quality for all images in the file. Larger value results in better-quality images but increases the file size. Setting this property to 0 will disable image optimization. Standard DPI values are:
-
330 - Good quality for HD displays
-
220 - Good quality for most printers and displays
-
150 - Good quality for web pages and projectors
-
96 - Good quality for smaller file sizes
Using this property you basically specify the DPI of the display device on which the file will be viewed and for which the images in the file should be optimized without losing any perceived quality because images go through the same resampling (reduction of pixel count) as they would in the viewer application if viewing the file using the default (100%) zoom factor on that display device.
For example, if an image whose pixel size is 600px × 400px is shown on page where it occupies a slot whose physical size is 150pt × 100pt, then if the display device DPI is 144px/inch, the viewer application will show the image in a display slot whose pixel size is 300px × 200px if the default (100%) zoom factor is used
(Rationale: there are always 72 points per inch and for the DPI of 144, there are 144 pixels per inch, so 150[pt] = 150[pt] × 144[px/inch] / 72[pt/inch] = 300[px]).
So the viewer application has to fit an image into a smaller display slot and it will do so by resampling the image from 600px × 400px to 300px × 200px.
Reducing the total number of pixels 4 times (from 240000 to 60000) would also reduce the image file size, so GemBox component can do this instead of the viewer application, thus achieving the overall smaller file size without any perceived loss of quality since the same image resampling would have been done by the viewer application anyway if the default (100%) zoom factor is used.
Instructing the GemBox component to perform image resampling (by setting the property to the DPI of the display device on which the file is going to be viewed) has two effects:
-
Major benefit: output file size will be smaller if there are images whose pixel size is greater than their display size because those images are resampled to a smaller number of pixels without any perceived loss of quality since the same resampling would have been done by the viewer application anyway.
-
Minor benefit: viewer application will be able to present the image faster because it needs to decode a fewer number of pixels and because the display slot size will be exactly equal to the image pixel size so it doesn't have to perform any resampling if the default (100%) zoom factor is used.
Gets or sets the password used to protect / encrypt the presentation.
The password used to protect / encrypt the presentation.
PPTX Encryption Example
Gets the digital signature options.
The digital signature options.
Occurs when the saving progress of a file has changed.
The file path or stream that was provided as a file destination is used as a .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets the content-type for PPTX file format: application/vnd.openxmlformats.
The content-type for PPTX file format.
Represents a presentation.
This is the root object in the GemBox.Presentation object model.
Gets the master slides.
The master slides.
Slides Example
Gets the slides.
The slides.
Slides Example
Gets the sections.
The sections.
Gets or sets the image used to help end-users identify the presentation document.
The image used to help end-users identify the presentation document.
Gets the document properties.
The document properties.
Document Properties Example
Gets the table styles.
The table styles.
Gets the presentation-wide view properties.
The presentation-wide view properties.
Gets the custom XML parts contained in this document.
The custom XML parts contained in this document.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets the master notes slide that is used as a template for all notes slides.
This value is automatically instantiated when the first notes slide is created with the method.
This value can be set only to . Setting this value to will remove the master notes and all the notes from the presentation.
The master notes slide that is used as a template for all notes slides.
Argument is not .
Slide Notes Example
Gets the slide size settings.
The slide size settings.
Gets the slide show settings.
The slide show settings.
Slide Show Example
Gets the modification protection settings.
The modification protection settings.
Gets the content range of the current .
The content range of the current .
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Represents the contained in the .
If the does not have contained, it will be created on accessing this property.
Sets the image used to help end-users identify the presentation document.
Content-type of the image.
The image stream.
The image used to help end-users identify the presentation document.
is either or .
Sets the image used to help end-users identify the presentation document.
Content-type of the image.
The image stream.
The image used to help end-users identify the presentation document.
Makes a deep clone of this instance.
A deep clone of this instance.
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Loads a presentation from the specified stream. This method tries to dynamically determine the file format.
If you know the file format, it's faster to use method.
The stream from which to load a presentation.
A loaded presentation.
Open and read PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Convert PowerPoint file to PDF in C# and VB.NET
Loads a presentation from the specified stream.
The stream from which to load a presentation.
The loading options which can be used to define settings for load operation.
A loaded presentation.
Open and read PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Convert PowerPoint file to PDF in C# and VB.NET
Loads a presentation from a file with the specified path.
The path from which to load a presentation.
The loading options which can be used to define settings for load operation.
A loaded presentation.
Open and read PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Convert PowerPoint file to PDF in C# and VB.NET
Loads a presentation from a file with the specified path.
The path from which to load a presentation.
A loaded presentation.
Open and read PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Convert PowerPoint file to PDF in C# and VB.NET
Saves the presentation in the specified stream.
The stream in which to save the presentation.
The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation.
Create and write PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Convert PowerPoint file to PDF in C# and VB.NET
Saves the presentation to a file with the specified path.
The path to which to save the presentation.
The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation.
Create and write PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Convert PowerPoint file to PDF in C# and VB.NET
Saves the presentation to a file with the specified path. Path must include file extension.
The path to which to save the presentation.
If file extension is not specified or not supported. If file extension is not recognized, use method overload instead.
File extension is not supported on the current platform.
File extension that is extracted from the is used to create the appropriate
derived class instance that is then passed to the method.
Following file extensions are supported:- Microsoft PowerPoint: .pptx, pptm, .ppsx, .ppsm, .potx, .potm
- Portable Document Format: .pdf
- XML Paper Specification: .xps
- Image: .bmp, .gif, .jpg, .jpeg, .png, .tif, .tiff, .wdp
Create and write PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Convert PowerPoint file to PDF in C# and VB.NET
Saves the presentation to a System.Web.HttpResponse or System.Web.HttpResponseBase output stream or a System.Net.Http.HttpResponseMessage and sets appropriate HTTP response headers (Content-Type and Content-Disposition).
System.Web.HttpResponse object that can be retrieved through the Response property of the System.Web.HttpApplication, System.Web.HttpContext, System.Web.UI.Page or System.Web.UI.UserControl classes or System.Web.HttpResponseBase object or System.Net.Http.HttpResponseMessage object.
File name that will be presented in client browser when downloading a file.
The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation.
Supported only if updating the whole page with a postback and not if doing partial-page updates (when you use UpdatePanel controls to update selected regions of a page).
This method accepts rather than HttpResponse, HttpResponseBase or HttpResponseMessage because otherwise GemBox.Document assembly would have a dependency on System.Web or System.Net.Http assemblies and could not be used in applications which target Client Profile .NET Framework.
HttpResponse can be retrieved through the Response property of the HttpApplication, HttpContext, Page or UserControl classes.
Export PowerPoint in ASP.NET
Convert PowerPoint file to PDF in C# and VB.NET
Saves the presentation to a System.Web.HttpResponse or System.Web.HttpResponseBase output stream or a System.Net.Http.HttpResponseMessage and sets appropriate HTTP response headers (Content-Type and Content-Disposition).
System.Web.HttpResponse object that can be retrieved through the Response property of the System.Web.HttpApplication, System.Web.HttpContext, System.Web.UI.Page or System.Web.UI.UserControl classes or System.Web.HttpResponseBase object or System.Net.Http.HttpResponseMessage object.
File name that will be presented in client browser when downloading a file.
If file extension is not specified or not supported. If file extension is not recognized, use method overload instead.
Supported only if updating the whole page with a postback and not if doing partial-page updates (when you use UpdatePanel controls to update selected regions of a page).
This method accepts rather than HttpResponse, HttpResponseBase or HttpResponseMessage because otherwise GemBox.Document assembly would have a dependency on System.Web or System.Net.Http assemblies and could not be used in applications which target Client Profile .NET Framework.
HttpResponse can be retrieved through the Response property of the HttpApplication, HttpContext, Page or UserControl classes.
For supported file extensions, see remarks for method.
Export PowerPoint in ASP.NET
Convert PowerPoint file to PDF in C# and VB.NET
Converts this instance to an instance.
The options used when converting to XML Paper Specification (XPS) document.
A New instance created from this instance.
Converts single slide specified in of this instance to an instance.
The options used when converting a single presentation's slide to an image.
A new instance created from a single presentation's slide specified in .
For more information, see Export PowerPoint in WPF.
Export PowerPoint in WPF
Prints the presentation to the default printer.
For more information, see Print example.
Print PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Prints the presentation to the specified printer.
Printer name.
For more information, see Print example.
Print PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Prints the presentation to the specified printer according to specified options.
Printer name.
Print options.
For more information, see Print example.
Print PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Gets the presentation paginator.
The presentation paginator.
Gets the presentation paginator and updates the presentation based on the specified .
The paginator options used to specify which parts of the presentation to update while paginating it.
The presentation paginator.
Represents a presentation page.
Gets the page width in s.
The page width in s.
Gets the page height in s.
The page height in s.
Gets the content of the page.
The content of the page.
Saves the presentation page in the specified stream.
The stream in which to save the presentation page.
The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation.
Parameter , currently, must be of type , or .
Saves the presentation page to a file with the specified path.
The path to which to save the presentation page.
The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation.
Parameter , currently, must be of type , or .
Saves the presentation page to a file with the specified path. Path must include file extension.
The path to which to save the presentation page.
If file extension is not specified or not supported. If file extension is not recognized, use method overload instead.
File extension that is extracted from the is used to create the appropriate derived class instance that is then passed to the method.
Following file extensions are supported:- Portable Document Format: .pdf
- XML Paper Specification: .xps
- Image: .bmp, .gif, .jpg, .jpeg, .png, .tif, .tiff, .wdp
Provides functionality to paginate the presentation content.
Gets the presentation pages.
The presentation pages.
Saves the paginated presentation to the specified stream.
The stream in which to save the paginated presentation.
The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation.
Parameter , currently, must be of type , or .
Saves the paginated presentation to a file with the specified path.
The path to which to save the paginated presentation.
The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation.
Parameter , currently, must be of type , or .
Saves the paginated presentation to a file with the specified path. Path must include file extension.
The path to which to save the paginated presentation.
If file extension is not specified or not supported. If file extension is not recognized, use method overload instead.
File extension that is extracted from the is used to create the appropriate derived class instance that is then passed to the method.
Following file extensions are supported:
-
Portable Document Format: .pdf
-
XML Paper Specification: .xps
-
Image: .bmp, .gif, .jpg, .jpeg, .png, .tif, .tiff, .wdp
Converts this instance to an instance.
The options used when converting to XML Paper Specification (XPS) document.
A new instance created from this instance.
Export PowerPoint to XpsDocument in WPF
Converts single slide specified in of this instance to an instance.
The options used when converting a single presentation's slide to an image.
A new instance created from a single presentation's slide specified in .
Export PowerPoint in WPF
Prints the paginated presentation to the default printer.
Print PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Prints the paginated presentation to the specified printer.
Printer name.
Print PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Prints the paginated presentation to the specified printer according to specified options.
Printer name.
Print options.
Print PowerPoint file in C# and VB.NET
Indicates how to position two rectangles relative to each other.
Center.
Top.
Bottom.
Left.
Right.
Top Left.
Top Right.
Bottom Left.
Bottom Right.
Specifies the relative rectangle.
Gets or sets the left edge of the rectangle.
The left edge of the rectangle.
Value 0 represents 0% while value 1 represents 100%.
Gets or sets the top edge of the rectangle.
The top edge of the rectangle.
Value 0 represents 0% while value 1 represents 100%.
Gets or sets the right edge of the rectangle.
The right edge of the rectangle.
Value 0 represents 0% while value 1 represents 100%.
Gets or sets the bottom edge of the rectangle.
The bottom edge of the rectangle.
Value 0 represents 0% while value 1 represents 100%.
Initializes a new instance of the struct.
The left.
The top.
The right.
The bottom.
Determines whether the is equal to this instance.
The other relative rectangle to compare with this relative rectangle instance.
if the is equal to this instance;
otherwise, .
Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this relative rectangle instance.
if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Returns a hash code for this instance.
An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Determines whether and s are equal.
The first relative rectangle.
The second relative rectangle.
if and relative rectangles are equal; otherwise, .
Determines whether and s are not equal.
The first relative rectangle.
The second relative rectangle.
if and relative rectangles are not equal; otherwise, .
Defines the supported rendering modes.
Use either the default implementation, , , or for rendering, depending on the availability and supported features.
Use Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) for rendering.
Use Skia (via SkiaSharp NuGet package) for rendering and HarfBuzz text-shaping engine for text formatting.
Make sure your project also references the appropriate SkiaSharp.NativeAssets.* and HarfBuzzSharp.NativeAssets.* NuGet packages depending on the platform on which you are building/running your application.
The slowest one, implemented fully in the managed code.
Represents a base class for saving options of various file formats.
PresentationDocument.Save methods
Write PowerPoint Files in C# and VB.NET
Load and Save PPTX in C# and VB.NET
Convert PowerPoint files to PDF in C# and VB.NET
Gets the default saving options for PowerPoint Presentation (PPTX) format.
The default saving options for PowerPoint Presentation (PPTX) format.
This property always returns a new instance of class initialized with default constructor.
Write PowerPoint Files in C# and VB.NET
Load and Save PPTX in C# and VB.NET
Gets the default saving options for Portable Document Format (PDF).
The default saving options for Portable Document Format (PDF).
This property always returns a new instance of class initialized with default constructor.
Convert PowerPoint files to PDF in C# and VB.NET
Gets the default saving options for XML Paper Specification (XPS) format.
The default saving options for XML Paper Specification (XPS) format.
This property always returns a new instance of class initialized with default constructor.
Gets the default saving options for image file format. Image will be saved in format.
The default saving options for image file format.
This property always returns a new instance of class initialized with default constructor.
Gets the content-type for this specific file format as defined in the RFC 2616.
The content-type for this specific file format.
RFC 2616
Represents a section in the presentation.
Gets or sets the name of the section.
The name of the section.
Gets the slide from which this section starts.
The slide from which this section starts.
Gets the slides contained in this section.
The slides contained in this section.
Represents a collection of sections in the presentation.
Gets the number of sections contained in the collection.
The number of sections contained in the collection.
Gets the section at the specified index.
The section at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Adds an empty section to the end of the collection.
The name of the section.
A newly created section.
Adds a new section which starts at a given slide.
The name of the section.
The slide at which the section should start.
A newly created section.
Removes the given section from this collection.
The section which should be removed from the collection.
if slides in the given section should also be removed,
if only the section should be removed, the slides will be merged with the previous section.
Moves the section and its slides to the specified position.
The section which should be moved.
The target position.
Searches for the specified section and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The section to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Represents an X.509 certificate sent to others so that they can verify your digital signature with a public key contained in the certificate.
GemBox.Presentation doesn't use class to represent a certificate because creates a file that holds the certificate with the public key (in various locations on a hard drive) and on some operating systems and platforms that file is not deleted unless method is called.
Another reason why GemBox.Presentation abstracts a certificate with a class instead of using directly is to enable different implementations of a certificate. For example, either implementation from .NET or Org.BouncyCastle.X509.X509Certificate implementation from Bouncy Castle could be used.
RFC 5280: Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure Certificate and Certificate Revocation List (CRL) Profile
Initializes a new instance of the class from a file with the specified file name.
The name of a certificate file.
is .
Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified source.
The certificate source is an instance of a .
The certificate source that is an instance of a .
The parameter is not an instance of a .
Gets the subject distinguished name from the certificate.
The subject distinguished name from the certificate.
Gets the value of a Common Name attribute from 's distinguished name.
The value of a Common Name attribute from 's distinguished name.
Gets the copy of raw data of a .
The copy of raw data of the as a byte array.
Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this instance.
if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this instance.
if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Returns a hash code for this instance.
A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Represents a commitment type when signing the document.
No commitment type
Created this document
Approved this document
Created and approved this document
Represents a drawing that has a specific shape / geometry and, potentially, a text content.
Shapes Example
Gets the value.
The value.
Gets the text content and formatting associated with this .
The text content and formatting associated with this .
Text Boxes Example
Represents a group of formatting options, such as fill, outline, effects, etc. that can be applied to various objects, such as shapes, text characters, tables, etc.
Shape Formatting Example
Gets or sets the fill.
Fill types , , and are currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
The fill.
Gets or sets the outline.
The outline.
Represents a shape's geometry.
Gets the adjust values.
The adjust values.
Represents a shape's geometry type.
None.
Line.
Elbow Connector.
Curved Connector.
Rectangle.
Rounded Rectangle.
Snip Single Corner Rectangle.
Snip Same Side Corner Rectangle.
Snip Diagonal Corner Rectangle.
Snip and Round Single Corner Rectangle.
Round Single Corner Rectangle.
Round Same Side Corner Rectangle.
Round Diagonal Corner Rectangle.
Oval.
Isosceles Triangle.
Right Triangle.
Parallelogram.
Trapezoid.
Diamond.
Regular Pentagon.
Hexagon.
Heptagon.
Octagon.
Decagon.
Dodecagon.
Pie.
Chord.
Teardrop.
Frame.
Half Frame.
L-Shape.
Diagonal Stripe.
Cross.
Plaque.
Can.
Cube.
Bevel.
Donut.
"No" Symbol.
Block Arc.
Folded Corner.
Smiley Face.
Heart.
Lightning Bolt.
Sun.
Moon.
Cloud.
Arc.
Double Bracket.
Double Brace.
Left Bracket.
Right Bracket.
Left Brace.
Right Brace.
Right Arrow.
Left Arrow.
Up Arrow.
Down Arrow.
Left-Right Arrow.
Up-Down Arrow.
Quad Arrow.
Left-Right-Up Arrow.
Bent Arrow.
U-Turn Arrow.
Left-Up Arrow.
Bent-Up Arrow.
Curved Right Arrow.
Curved Left Arrow.
Curved Up Arrow.
Curved Down Arrow.
Striped Right Arrow.
Notched Right Arrow.
Pentagon.
Chevron.
Right Arrow Callout.
Down Arrow Callout.
Left Arrow Callout.
Up Arrow Callout.
Left-Right Arrow Callout.
Quad Arrow Callout.
Circular Arrow.
Plus.
Minus.
Multiply.
Division.
Equal.
Not Equal.
Flowchart: Process.
Flowchart: Alternate Process.
Flowchart: Decision.
Flowchart: Data.
Flowchart: Predefined Process.
Flowchart: Internal Storage.
Flowchart: Document.
Flowchart: Multidocument.
Flowchart: Terminator.
Flowchart: Preparation.
Flowchart: Manual Input.
Flowchart: Manual Operation.
Flowchart: Connector.
Flowchart: Off-page Connector.
Flowchart: Card.
Flowchart: Punched Tape.
Flowchart: Summing Junction.
Flowchart: Or.
Flowchart: Collate.
Flowchart: Sort.
Flowchart: Extract.
Flowchart: Merge.
Flowchart: Stored Data.
Flowchart: Delay.
Flowchart: Sequential Access Storage.
Flowchart: Magnetic Disk.
Flowchart: Direct Access Storage.
Flowchart: Display.
Explosion 1.
Explosion 2.
4-Point Star.
5-Point Star.
6-Point Star.
7-Point Star.
8-Point Star.
10-Point Star.
12-Point Star.
16-Point Star.
24-Point Star.
32-Point Star.
Up Ribbon.
Down Ribbon.
Curved Up Ribbon.
Curved Down Ribbon.
Vertical Scroll.
Horizontal Scroll.
Wave.
Double Wave.
Rectangular Callout.
Rounded Rectangular Callout.
Oval Callout.
Cloud Callout.
Line Callout 1.
Line Callout 2.
Line Callout 3.
Line Callout 1 (Accent Bar).
Line Callout 2 (Accent Bar).
Line Callout 3 (Accent Bar).
Line Callout 1 (No Border).
Line Callout 2 (No Border).
Line Callout 3 (No Border).
Line Callout 1 (Border and Accent Bar).
Line Callout 2 (Border and Accent Bar).
Line Callout 3 (Border and Accent Bar).
Action Button: Back or Previous.
Action Button: Forward or Next.
Action Button: Beginning.
Action Button: End.
Action Button: Home.
Action Button: Information.
Action Button: Return.
Action Button: Movie.
Action Button: Document.
Action Button: Sound.
Action Button: Help.
Action Button: Custom.
Curved Connector 2.
Curved Connector 4.
Curved Connector 5.
Bent Connector 2.
Bent Connector 4.
Bent Connector 5.
Line Inverse.
Not supported in PowerPoint. Use with vertical flip instead.
Straight Connector.
Chart Plus.
Chart Star.
Chart X.
Corner Tabs.
Funnel.
Gear 6.
Gear 9.
Non-Isosceles Trapezoid.
Pie Wedge.
Plaque Tabs.
Square Tabs.
Left Circular Arrow.
Left-Right Circular Arrow.
Swoosh Arrow.
Up-Down Arrow Callout.
Flowchart: Off-line Storage.
Left-Right Ribbon.
Custom.
Represents a presentation slide.
Slides Example
Gets the comments contained on this slide.
The comments contained on this slide.
Comments Example
Gets or sets a value indicating whether this slide is visible during a slide show.
Default value is .
if this slide is hidden; otherwise, .
Gets the parent template .
The parent template .
Gets or sets the notes for this slide.
This value can be set only to . Setting this value to will remove notes from the slide.
The notes for this slide.
Use method to add notes to the slide.
Argument is not .
Slide Notes Example
Adds the notes slide to the current slide.
If the current slide already has notes, then the existing notes are returned.
Existing or newly added notes associated with the current slide.
Slide Notes Example
Resets all placeholders on the current so they are the same as on the .
Represents a slide background.
Gets or sets the fill.
The fill.
Represents a collection of slides contained in the presentation.
Slides Example
Gets the text content of the current .
The text content of the current .
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The to insert into the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the added to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the added to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Inserts a new with the specified parent layout template to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which new should be inserted.
The parent layout template of a new .
A new with the specified parent layout template inserted to the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Inserts a new with a parent template that has a specified type of layout to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which new should be inserted.
The type of layout of a parent template of a new .
A new with the specified type of layout inserted to the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
If collection is empty, this method will add a new .
If collection of the last from the doesn't contain a with the specified , then a new with the specified will be added.
Inserts a new to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which new should be inserted.
A new inserted to the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
If collection is empty, this method will add a new .
If collection of the last from the doesn't contain a whose type of layout is (for a first slide) or (for a subsequent slides), then a new with the appropriate type of layout will be added.
If slide is the first in the presentation, then its parent layout template will have a layout type of ; otherwise, it will have a layout type of .
Adds a new with the specified parent layout template to the end of the collection.
The parent layout template of a new .
A new with the specified parent layout template added to the collection.
Adds a new with a parent template that has a specified type of layout to the end of the collection.
The type of layout of a parent template of a new .
A new with the specified type of layout added to the collection.
If collection is empty, this method will add a new .
If collection of the last from the doesn't contain a with the specified , then a new with the specified will be added.
Adds a new to the end of the collection.
A new with the specified type of layout added to the collection.
If collection is empty, this method will add a new .
If collection of the last from the doesn't contain a whose type of layout is (for a first slide) or (for a subsequent slides), then a new with the appropriate type of layout will be added.
If slide is the first in the presentation, then its parent layout template will have a layout type of ; otherwise, it will have a layout type of .
Represents an arrangement of content on a slide.
Each layout type is not tied to an exact positioning of placeholders, but rather provides
a higher-level description of the type of content and positioning of placeholders.
Custom layout defined by user.
Title layout with centered title and subtitle placeholders.
Title and text.
Title, text on left, text on right.
Title and table.
Title, text on left and chart on right.
Title, chart on left and text on right.
Title and diagram.
Title and chart.
Title, text on left, clip art on right.
Title, clipart on left, text on right.
Title only.
Blank.
Title, text on left, object on right.
Title, object on left, text on right.
Object only.
Title and object.
Title, text on left, media on right.
Title, media on left, text on right.
Title, object on top, text on bottom.
Title, text on top, object on bottom.
Title, text on left, two objects on right.
Title, two objects on left, text on right.
Title, two objects on top, text on bottom.
Title and four objects.
Title and vertical text body.
Title, clip art on left, vertical text on right.
Vertical title on right, vertical text on left.
Vertical title on right, vertical text on top, chart on bottom.
Title, object on left, object on right.
Title, one object on left, two objects on right.
Title, two objects on left, one object on right.
Section header title and subtitle text.
Title, two objects each with text.
Title, object and caption text.
Title, picture, and caption text.
Represents a base type for all slide types, such as , ,
and .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the shapes from the should be shown on this slide.
Default value is .
if the shapes from are hidden; otherwise, .
This property can be applied on layout slides, slides, and notes slides; It's ignored on master slides.
Gets the slide's content in a form of a root that groups all the s contained on this slide.
The slide's content in a form of a root that groups all the s contained on this slide.
Gets the parent template or if this is master slide.
The parent template or if this is master slide.
Gets or sets the slide background.
The slide background.
Gets the presentation to which this slide belongs.
The presentation to which this slide belongs.
Gets the text content of the current .
The text content of the current .
The property always returns a new instance of the class.
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Represents a base type for all collections that contain derived instances, such as , and .
The type of slides derived from the that are contained in the collection.
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the added to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the added to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Represents an enumeration that specifies how to advance slides when presenting.
Slides should be manually advanced when presenting.
Slide transition timings should be used to advance slides when presenting.
Represents the type of the slide show range.
Show all slides.
Show slides starting from the slide with at index and ending with the slide at index .
Show custom show that is specified in the .
Represents a type within which all presentation-wide slide show properties are contained.
Slide Show Example
Gets or sets the type of the show.
The type of the show.
Gets the type of the range of slides for the show.
Type of the range of slides for the show.
Gets the index of the show's starting slide from the collection.
Applicable only if has the value that can be set with method.
The index of the show's starting slide from the collection.
Gets the index of the show's ending slide from the collection.
Applicable only if has the value that can be set with method.
The index of the show's ending slide from the collection.
Gets the custom slide show from the collection.
Applicable only if has the value that can be set with method.
The custom slide show from the collection.
Slide Show Example
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the slide show should be set to loop at the end.
if the slide show should loop at the end; otherwise, .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether slide show narration should not be played when presenting.
if slide show narration should not be played when presenting; otherwise, .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether slide show animation should not be shown when presenting.
if slide show animation should not be shown when presenting; otherwise, .
Gets or sets a value indicating how to advance slides when presenting.
A value indicating how to advance slides when presenting.
Gets the custom shows that are available within the presentation.
The custom shows that are available within the presentation.
Slide Show Example
Gets or sets the pen color that should be used to make markings on the slides while presenting.
The pen color that should be used to make markings on the slides while presenting.
Shows all the slides from the collection when presenting.
Shows the range of slides from the collection when presenting.
The index of the starting slide from the collection.
The index of the ending slide from the collection.
or is less than zero.
Shows the slides from the custom show with the specified name.
Name of the custom show.
is or or custom show with the specified name does not exist in the collection.
Represents a slide transition.
Slide Transition Example
Gets or sets the transition type.
The transition type.
Gets or sets the transition effect.
The transition effect.
Gets or sets the transition speed.
The transition speed.
Gets or sets the transition duration (in milliseconds).
The transition duration (in milliseconds).
Value is not greater or equal to zero.
Gets or sets the sound associated with the transition.
The sound associated with the transition.
Sound is not embedded WAV.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to stop all previous sounds when this transition is activated.
to stop all previous sounds when this transition is activated; otherwise, .
Gets or sets the time, in milliseconds, after which the transition should start.
The time, in milliseconds, after which the transition should start.
Value is not greater than zero.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to repeat the current transition sound until the next sound is played.
to repeat the current transition sound until the next sound is played; otherwise, .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether a mouse click advances the slide.
if a mouse click advances the slide; otherwise, .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the slide advances automatically, after the time specified in the .
if the slide advances automatically, after the time specified in the ; otherwise, .
Specifies the sound to be played when the transition is activated.
An audio stream in a Waveform Audio File Format ().
The sound to be played when the transition is activated.
is .
is not readable.
Sound is always stored in a Waveform Audio File Format () stream that is embedded in the presentation.
Do not set any member on the returned because they are not supported in this context (for example, they won't be saved to a PPTX file).
To set a sound for the transition, either use this method or the property.
Specifies the sound to be played when the transition is activated.
An audio stream in a Waveform Audio File Format ().
An original name or a given short name used to distinguish this sound from others by providing a human readable name for the attached sound should the user need to identify the sound among others within the UI.
The sound to be played when the transition is activated.
is .
is not readable.
Sound is always stored in a Waveform Audio File Format () stream that is embedded in the presentation.
Do not set any member on the returned because they are not supported in this context (for example, they won't be saved to a PPTX file).
To set a sound for the transition, either use this method or the property.
Represents the type of slide show.
Presented by a speaker (full screen).
Browsed by an individual (window).
Browsed at a kiosk (full screen).
Represents slide size settings.
Gets or sets the kind of slide size that should be used.
This identifies in particular the expected delivery platform for this presentation.
The kind of slide size that should be used.
Gets or sets the orientation of the presentation slide surface.
The orientation of the presentation slide surface.
Gets or sets the orientation of slide surface used for notes slides and handout slides.
The orientation of slide surface used for notes slides and handout slides.
Gets or sets the width of the presentation slide surface.
The width of the presentation slide surface.
Value is not greater than zero.
Gets or sets the height of the presentation slide surface.
The height of the presentation slide surface.
Value is not greater than zero.
Gets or sets the first slide number in the presentation.
The first slide number in the presentation.
Value is less than zero.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Represents the types of slide size that the slide should be optimized for.
Custom output.
On-screen Show (4:3).
Letter Paper (8.5 inch x 11 inch).
Ledger Paper (11 inch x 17 inch).
A3 Paper (297 mm x 420 mm).
A4 Paper (210 mm x 297 mm).
B4 (ISO) Paper (250 mm x 353 mm).
B4 (JIS) Paper (250 mm x 353 mm).
B5 (ISO) Paper (176 mm x 250 mm).
B5 (JIS) Paper (176 mm x 250 mm).
35mm Slides.
Overhead.
Banner.
On-screen Show (16:9).
On-screen Show (16:10).
Widescreen.
HagakiCard.
Represents a fill containing of a single color spread uniformly across the entire area.
Shape Formatting Example
Gets the value.
The value.
Gets or sets the color.
The color.
Represents a text strikethrough type.
No strikethrough is applied to the text.
A single strikethrough is applied to the text.
A double strikethrough is applied to the text.
Represents a table.
Tables Example
Gets the columns.
The columns.
Gets the rows.
The rows.
Gets the text content of the current .
The text content of the current .
The property always returns a new instance of the class.
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Gets the table's formatting options.
The table's formatting options.
This property always returns a new instance of a that points to data associated with this table.
This reduces memory footprint since simpler internal structures can be used to hold the data and execution time increase is negligible since Garbage Collector has a very good performance for a short-lived (Generation 0) objects.
Gets the frame that contains this table.
The frame that contains this table.
Represents a table background fill and effects applied with a .
Gets or sets the table cell shading.
The table cell shading.
Represents a table cell.
Gets the parent , if the cell is not removed; otherwise, .
The parent , if the cell is not removed; otherwise, .
Gets or sets the number of columns through which this cell is spanning.
The number of columns through which this cell is spanning.
Value is less than 1.
Gets or sets the number of rows through which this cell is spanning.
The number of rows through which this cell is spanning.
Value is less than 1.
Gets the cell's formatting options.
The cell's formatting options.
This property always returns a new instance of a that points to data associated with this cell.
This reduces memory footprint since simpler internal structures can be used to hold the data and execution time increase is negligible since Garbage Collector has a very good performance for a short-lived (Generation 0) objects.
Gets the text content and formatting associated with this .
The text content and formatting associated with this .
Text Boxes Example
Gets the text content of the current .
The text content of the current .
The property always returns a new instance of the class.
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Represents the type of cell border.
Left border.
Right border.
Top border.
Bottom border.
Inside horizontal border.
Inside vertical border.
Diagonal down border (from top-left to bottom-right).
Diagonal up border (from bottom-left to top-right).
Represents a collection of s.
Gets the text content of the current .
The text content of the current .
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another .
Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The to insert into the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another .
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
is .
is already contained in another .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the added to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the added to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Inserts a new to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which new should be inserted.
A new inserted to the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Table cell cannot be added because parent table row has been removed from the table.
Adds a new to the end of the collection.
A new added to the collection.
Table cell cannot be added because parent table row has been removed from the table.
Represents a set of formatting options that can be applied to a .
Gets or sets the table cell shading.
The table cell shading.
Gets or sets the table cell top border line.
The table cell top border line.
Gets or sets the table cell bottom border line.
The table cell bottom border line.
Gets or sets the table cell left border line.
The table cell left border line.
Gets or sets the table cell right border line.
The table cell right border line.
Gets or sets the table cell border line that goes from top-left corner to bottom-right corner.
The table cell border line that goes from top-left corner to bottom-right corner.
Gets or sets the table cell border line that goes from bottom-left corner to top-right corner.
The table cell border line that goes from bottom-left corner to top-right corner.
Represents a table column.
Gets or sets the column width.
The column width.
Value is not greater than zero.
Represents a collection of s.
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another .
Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The to insert into the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another .
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
is .
is already contained in another .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the added to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the added to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Inserts a new with the specified width to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which new should be inserted.
Width of a new .
A new with the specified width inserted to the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is not greater than zero.
Adds a new with the specified width to the end of the collection.
Width of a new .
A new with the specified width added to the collection.
is not greater than zero.
Represents a base type for all table element types, such as , and .
Gets the parent , if element is not removed; otherwise, .
The parent , if element is not removed; otherwise, .
Represents a base type for all collections that contain derived instances, such as , and .
The type of elements derived from the that are contained in the collection.
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the added to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the added to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Represents a set of formatting options that can be applied to a .
Gets or sets the table style.
The table style.
Gets or sets the table style options that specify which of the conditional formats will be applied on the parent .
The table style options that specify which of the conditional formats will be applied on the parent .
Gets or sets the table shading.
The table shading.
Represents a set of border-related table style conditional formatting properties.
Table style conditional formats are applied to different regions of the table and allow you to define all formatting properties (formatting for a table, rows, cells, paragraphs and runs).
Gets the that corresponds to given border type.
The that corresponds to given border type.
The border type of the .
The that corresponds to given border type.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection of s.
An for the collection of s.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection of s.
An for the collection of s.
Represents a set of table style conditional formatting properties.
These properties affect the appearance of all rows, cells, paragraphs and runs within the parent table matching the specified condition, but may be overridden by individual row, cell, paragraph and run level formatting.
Table style conditional formats are applied to different regions of the table and allow you to define all formatting properties (formatting for a table, rows, cells, paragraphs and runs).
Gets the part of the table to which this conditional table formatting is applied.
The part of the table to which this conditional table formatting is applied.
Gets or sets the table cell shading.
The table cell shading.
Gets the table part text style.
The table part text style.
Gets the table part border style.
The table part border style.
Represents table style conditional format types which indicate what region of a table will be formatted with object.
Specifies that the conditional formatting applies to the whole table.
Specifies that the table formatting applies to odd numbered groupings of rows.
Specifies that the table formatting applies to even numbered groupings of rows.
Specifies that the table formatting applies to odd numbered groupings of columns.
Specifies that the table formatting applies to even numbered groupings of columns.
Specifies that the table formatting applies to the last column.
Specifies that the table formatting applies to the first column.
Specifies that the table formatting applies to the last row.
Specifies that the table formatting applies to the bottom left cell.
Specifies that the table formatting applies to the bottom right cell.
Specifies that the table formatting applies to the first row.
Specifies that the table formatting applies to the top left cell.
Specifies that the table formatting applies to the top right cell.
Represents a set of text-related table style conditional formatting properties.
Table style conditional formats are applied to different regions of the table and allow you to define all formatting properties (formatting for a table, rows, cells, paragraphs and runs).
Gets or sets a value indicating whether a run of text is formatted as bold text.
Default value is .
if a run of text is formatted as bold text; otherwise, .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether a run of text is formatted as italic text.
Default value is .
if a run of text is formatted as italic text; otherwise, .
Gets or sets the font to be used on characters within a given .
The font to be used on characters within a given .
Value is or .
Gets or sets the color.
The color.
Represents a table row.
Gets the cells.
The cells.
Gets or sets the row height.
The row height.
Value is not greater than zero.
Gets the text content of the current .
The text content of the current .
The property always returns a new instance of the class.
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Represents a collection of s.
Gets the text content of the current .
The text content of the current .
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another .
Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The to insert into the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another .
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
is .
is already contained in another .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the added to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the added to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Inserts a new with the specified height to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which new should be inserted.
Height of a new .
A new with the specified height inserted to the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is not greater than zero.
Adds a new with the specified width to the end of the collection.
Height of a new .
A new with the specified height added to the collection.
is not greater than zero.
Represents a style which can be applied to one or more s within a presentation content.
Table styles provide a way to format your presentation in a consistent way so when you change your formatting options on a style, all presentation tables referencing that style will be changed.
To apply a to a , set it to a TableFormat.Style property on a Table.Format.
Gets or sets the name of the style.
The name.
The name of built-in table style cannot be modified if the style is contained in the presentation's table styles collection.
Value is or .
Gets the that corresponds to given part style type.
The that corresponds to given part style type.
The part style type of the .
The that corresponds to given part style type.
Gets or sets the table background.
The table background.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection of s.
An for the collection of s.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection of s.
An for the collection of s.
Represents a collection of s.
Gets or sets the default table style for newly added tables.
The default table style for newly added tables.
Value cannot be .
The specified table style cannot be set because it doesn't belong to presentation's table styles collection.
Determines whether a built-in with the specified name is in the collection.
Name of the built-in to locate in the collection.
if the built-in with the specified name is found in the collection; otherwise, .
Determines whether a custom with the specified name is in the collection.
Name of the custom to locate in the collection.
if the custom with the specified name is found in the collection; otherwise, .
Gets or creates and adds a new built-in with the specified name.
Name of the built-in .
An existing or a newly added instance of a built-in .
Gets or creates and adds a new custom with the specified name.
Name of the custom .
An existing or a newly added instance of a custom .
Creates a new instance of a based on a specified built-in table style.
The created instance is not automatically added to the collection.
Name of the built-in table style whose formatting settings will be copied to a newly created table style.
A new instance of a based on a specified built-in table style.
Creates a new instance of a based on a built-in table style and with the specified name.
The created instance is not automatically added to the collection.
Name of the created table style.
A new instance of a based on a built-in table style and with the specified name.
Represents an enumeration of built-in table style names.
The 'No Style, No Grid' table style.
The 'Themed Style 1 - Accent 1' table style.
The 'Themed Style 1 - Accent 2' table style.
The 'Themed Style 1 - Accent 3' table style.
The 'Themed Style 1 - Accent 4' table style.
The 'Themed Style 1 - Accent 5' table style.
The 'Themed Style 1 - Accent 6' table style.
The 'No Style, Table Grid' table style.
The 'Themed Style 2 - Accent 1' table style.
The 'Themed Style 2 - Accent 2' table style.
The 'Themed Style 2 - Accent 3' table style.
The 'Themed Style 2 - Accent 4' table style.
The 'Themed Style 2 - Accent 5' table style.
The 'Themed Style 2 - Accent 6' table style.
The 'Light Style 1' table style.
The 'Light Style 1 - Accent 1' table style.
The 'Light Style 1 - Accent 2' table style.
The 'Light Style 1 - Accent 3' table style.
The 'Light Style 1 - Accent 4' table style.
The 'Light Style 1 - Accent 5' table style.
The 'Light Style 1 - Accent 6' table style.
The 'Light Style 2' table style.
The 'Light Style 2 - Accent 1' table style.
The 'Light Style 2 - Accent 2' table style.
The 'Light Style 2 - Accent 3' table style.
The 'Light Style 2 - Accent 4' table style.
The 'Light Style 2 - Accent 5' table style.
The 'Light Style 2 - Accent 6' table style.
The 'Light Style 3' table style.
The 'Light Style 3 - Accent 1' table style.
The 'Light Style 3 - Accent 2' table style.
The 'Light Style 3 - Accent 3' table style.
The 'Light Style 3 - Accent 4' table style.
The 'Light Style 3 - Accent 5' table style.
The 'Light Style 3 - Accent 6' table style.
The 'Medium Style 1' table style.
The 'Medium Style 1 - Accent 1' table style.
The 'Medium Style 1 - Accent 2' table style.
The 'Medium Style 1 - Accent 3' table style.
The 'Medium Style 1 - Accent 4' table style.
The 'Medium Style 1 - Accent 5' table style.
The 'Medium Style 1 - Accent 6' table style.
The 'Medium Style 2' table style.
The 'Medium Style 2 - Accent 1' table style.
The 'Medium Style 2 - Accent 2' table style.
The 'Medium Style 2 - Accent 3' table style.
The 'Medium Style 2 - Accent 4' table style.
The 'Medium Style 2 - Accent 5' table style.
The 'Medium Style 2 - Accent 6' table style.
The 'Medium Style 3' table style.
The 'Medium Style 3 - Accent 1' table style.
The 'Medium Style 3 - Accent 2' table style.
The 'Medium Style 3 - Accent 3' table style.
The 'Medium Style 3 - Accent 4' table style.
The 'Medium Style 3 - Accent 5' table style.
The 'Medium Style 3 - Accent 6' table style.
The 'Medium Style 4' table style.
The 'Medium Style 4 - Accent 1' table style.
The 'Medium Style 4 - Accent 2' table style.
The 'Medium Style 4 - Accent 3' table style.
The 'Medium Style 4 - Accent 4' table style.
The 'Medium Style 4 - Accent 5' table style.
The 'Medium Style 4 - Accent 6' table style.
The 'Dark Style 1' table style.
The 'Dark Style 1 - Accent 1' table style.
The 'Dark Style 1 - Accent 2' table style.
The 'Dark Style 1 - Accent 3' table style.
The 'Dark Style 1 - Accent 4' table style.
The 'Dark Style 1 - Accent 5' table style.
The 'Dark Style 1 - Accent 6' table style.
The 'Dark Style 2' table style.
The 'Dark Style 2 - Accent 1/Accent 2' table style.
The 'Dark Style 2 - Accent 3/Accent 4' table style.
The 'Dark Style 2 - Accent 5/Accent 6' table style.
Specifies which table style special formats are applied to a table.
Do not apply any special formatting.
Apply special formatting for the first row of the specified table.
Apply special formatting for the last row of the specified table.
Apply special formatting for the first column of the specified table.
Apply special formatting for the last column of the specified table.
Apply special formatting in which even rows are formatted differently from odd rows.
Apply special formatting in which even columns are formatted differently from odd columns.
Apply all special formatting.
Represents a custom tab stop to be used on a line of text when there are one or more tab characters present within the text.
Gets the position of the tab stop relative to the left margin.
The position of the tab stop relative to the left margin.
Gets the alignment that is to be applied to text using this tab stop.
The alignment that is to be applied to text using this tab stop.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Determines whether the is equal to this instance.
The other tab stop to compare with this tab stop instance.
if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this tab stop instance.
if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Returns a hash code for this instance.
An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.
Determines whether and s are equal.
The first tab stop.
The second tab stop.
if and tab stops are equal; otherwise, .
Determines whether and s are not equal.
The first tab stop.
The second tab stop.
if and tab stops are not equal; otherwise, .
Represents an enumeration of available alignments for tab stops.
The text at this tab stop is left aligned.
The text at this tab stop is center aligned.
The text at this tab stop is right aligned.
At this tab stop, the decimals are lined up.
From a user's point of view, the text here behaves as right aligned until the decimal point, and then as left aligned after the decimal point.
Represents a collection of custom tab stops that are to be used within a .
This collection is sorted based on property.
Gets or sets the default size for a tab character within this .
Default value is 2.54 cm (1 inch).
The default size for a tab character within this .
Sets the tab stop at the specified position and of the specified alignment.
The tab stop position.
The tab stop alignment.
A instance that was set to .
is less than zero.
Removes the tab stop at the specified position from the .
The position of the tab stop to remove.
if tab stop is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if tab stop was not found at the specified position in the .
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Represents an enumeration of available text fitting options.
Text within the should not be auto-fit to the bounding box.
Text within the should be auto-fit to the bounding box by reducing the font size of each and line spacing of each in the .
This value is currently partially supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
should be auto-fit to fully contain the text described within it.
Represents a text content and formatting associated with an object such as a or a .
Text Boxes Example
Gets or sets the text box formatting.
The text box formatting.
Text Box Formatting Example
Gets the paragraphs contained in this text box.
The paragraphs contained in this text box.
Gets the associated with this or if is not associated with any .
The associated with this or if is not associated with any .
Adds a new paragraph to the text box.
The paragraph added to the text box.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
Represents a set of formatting properties that can be applied to a .
Text Box Formatting Example
Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the text within an object such as a or a .
Default value is .
The vertical alignment of the text within an object such as a or a .
Gets or sets a value indicating the centering of the text box.
The way it works fundamentally is to determine the smallest possible "bounds box" for the text and then to center that "bounds box" accordingly.
This is different than , which aligns the text within the "bounds box" for the text.
This property is compatible with all of the different kinds of .
Default value is .
This member is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
if the text box is horizontally centered; otherwise, .
Gets or sets the text direction.
Default value is .
The text direction.
Gets or sets the text auto-fitting setting.
Default value is .
This property is not applicable on a within a but if set to the within a it will be supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
The text auto-fitting setting.
Gets or sets the percentage of the original font size to which each in the is scaled when is .
Default value is 1 if is ; otherwise, .
This property is not applicable on a within a but if the is set to the within a it will be supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
The percentage of the original font size to which each in the is scaled when is .
Property can be set only if property is .
Value is not between 0 and 1.
In order to auto-fit text within a bounding box it is sometimes necessary to decrease the font size by a certain percentage.
Using this property the font within a text box can be scaled based on the value provided.
A value of 1 scales the text to 100%, while a value of 0.01 scales the text to 1%.
Gets or sets the percentage amount by which the line spacing of each in the is reduced when is .
This property applies only to paragraphs with percentage line spacing.
Default value is 0 if is ; otherwise, .
This property is not applicable on a within a but if the is set to the within a it will be supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
The percentage amount by which the line spacing of each in the is reduced when is .
Property can be set only if property is .
Value is not between 0 and 1.
The reduction is applied by subtracting it from the original line spacing value.
Using this property the vertical spacing between the lines of text can be scaled by a percent amount.
A value of 1 reduces the line spacing by 100%, while a value of 0.01 reduces the line spacing by one percent.
Gets or sets the left internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a or a .
Default value is 0.1 inches.
The left internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a or a .
Value is less than zero.
Gets or sets the top internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a or a .
Default value is 0.05 inches.
The top internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a or a .
Value is less than zero.
Gets or sets the right internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a or a .
Default value is 0.1 inches.
The right internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a or a .
Value is less than zero.
Gets or sets the bottom internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a or a .
Default value is 0.05 inches.
The bottom internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a or a .
Value is less than zero.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to wrap text in shape.
Default value is .
This property is not applicable on a within a .
if words are wrapped within the bounding rectangle; otherwise, if words spill out without paying attention to the bounding rectangle boundaries.
Gets or sets the number of columns of text in the bounding rectangle.
Default value is 1.
This property is not applicable on a within a .
This member is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
The number of columns of text in the bounding rectangle.
Value is less than 1.
When applied to a this property takes the width of the bounding box for the text and divides it by the number of columns specified.
These columns are then treated as overflow containers in that when the previous column has been filled with text the next column acts as the repository for additional text.
When all columns have been filled and text still remains then the overflow properties set for this are used and the text is reflowed to make room for additional text.
Gets or sets the space between text columns when there is more than 1 column present in the .
Default value is 0.
This property is not applicable on a within a .
This member is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
The space between text columns when there is more than 1 column present in the .
Value is less than zero.
Represents a set of formatting properties that can be applied to a .
Character Formatting Example
Gets or sets the font to be used on characters within a given .
The font to be used on characters within a given .
Value is or .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether a run of text is formatted as bold text.
Default value is .
if a run of text is formatted as bold text; otherwise, .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether a run of text is formatted as italic text.
Default value is .
if a run of text is formatted as italic text; otherwise, .
Gets or sets the size of text within a .
The size of text within a .
Value is not between 1 pt and 4000 pt (inclusive).
Gets or sets the text underline style.
Default value is .
The text underline style.
Gets or sets the text strikethrough.
Default value is .
The text strikethrough.
Gets or sets the offset for both the superscript and subscript fonts. Positive value indicates superscript and negative value indicates subscript.
The size is specified using a percentage where 0.01 is equal to 1 percent of the font size and 1 is equal to 100 percent font of the font size.
Default value is 0.
This member is currently partially supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats. All positive values are exported in the same superscript position and all negative values are exported in the same subscript position.
The offset for both the superscript and subscript fonts.
Value is not between -1 and 1 (inclusive).
Gets or sets the capitalization that is to be applied to the .
This is a render-only modification and does not affect the actual characters stored in the .
Default value is .
The capitalization that is to be applied to the .
Gets or sets the normalization of height that is to be applied to the .
This is a render-only modification and does not affect the actual characters stored in the .
Default value is .
This member is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
if character heights are equalized; otherwise, .
Gets or sets the spacing between characters within a .
Positive value indicates expanded (loose) spacing and negative value indicates condensed (tight) spacing.
Default value is 0.
The spacing between characters within a .
Value is not between -4000 pt and 4000 pt (inclusive).
Gets or sets the minimum font size at which character kerning occurs for this .
This member is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.
The minimum font size at which character kerning occurs for this .
Value is not between 0 and 4000 pt (inclusive).
Gets or sets the fill.
The fill.
Gets or sets the outline.
The outline.
Gets or sets the underline fill.
The underline fill.
Gets or sets the highlight color.
The highlight color.
Gets or sets the action settings for this text that specify what should happen when the user clicks on this text or hovers over this text with a pointing device such as a computer mouse.
To remove all actions from this text, set this property to .
The action settings for this text that specify what should happen when the user clicks on this text or hovers over this text with a pointing device such as a computer mouse.
Currently, not supported in PPT.
When setting a value, instance of a won't actually be stored in this text, but the data to which the instance points to will be copied. This enables easy copying of complex properties from one text to another.
Hyperlinks Example
Represents an enumeration of available text directions.
Horizontal text.
Text is vertical orientation (each line is 90 degrees rotated clockwise, so it goes from top to bottom; each next line is to the left from the previous one).
Text is vertical orientation (each line is 270 degrees rotated clockwise, so it goes from bottom to top; each next line is to the right from the previous one).
Text is vertical (one letter on top of another).
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Text is vertical (one letter on top of another) as for but should be shown from right to left rather than left to right.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
A special version of , where some fonts are displayed as if rotated by 90 degrees while some fonts (mostly East Asian) are displayed vertical.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
A special version of , where some fonts are displayed as if rotated by 90 degrees while some fonts (mostly East Asian) are displayed vertical.
The difference between this and the is the text flows top down then LEFT RIGHT, instead of RIGHT LEFT.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Represents a base class for text elements such as runs, fields, line breaks and unknown text elements.
Gets the type of the text element.
The type of the text element.
Gets the parent text paragraph or if text element was deleted.
The parent text paragraph or if text element was deleted.
Gets the slide associated with this text element.
The slide associated with this text element.
Gets or sets the character formatting options.
The character formatting options.
This property always returns a new instance of a that points to data associated with this text element.
This reduces memory footprint since simpler internal structures can be used to hold the data and execution time increase is negligible since Garbage Collector has a very good performance for a short-lived (Generation 0) objects.
When setting a value, instance of a won't actually be stored in this text element, but the data to which the instance points to will be copied. This enables easy copying of complex properties from one text element to another.
Character Formatting Example
Gets the text content of the current .
The text content of the current .
The property always returns a new instance of the class.
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
Represents a collection of s.
Gets the text content of the current .
The text content of the current .
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The to insert into the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index.
The type of the drawing.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The type of the drawing.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection.
The type of the drawing.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the added to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The type of the drawing.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the added to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Represents a text element type enumeration.
element.
element.
element.
element.
Represents a text field which contains generated text that the application should update periodically.
Text Boxes Example
Gets the value.
The value.
Gets or sets the text.
The text.
Gets the type of text that should be used to update this text field.
This is used to inform the rendering application what text it should use to update this text field.
The type of text that should be used to update this text field.
Value cannot be set.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
Represents the type of text that should be used to update .
Presentation slide number.
Date time in default date time format. Example: '06/13/2016 17:54:28'.
Date in standard 'd' date time format. Example: '06/13/2016'.
Date in standard 'D' date time format. Example: ''Monday, 13 June 2016'.
Date in custom 'd MMMM yyyy' date time format. Example: '13 June 2016'.
Date in custom 'MMMM d, yyyy' date time format. Example: 'June 13, 2016'.
Date in custom 'd-MMM-yy' date time format. Example: '13-Jun-16'.
Date in custom 'MMMM yy' date time format. Example: 'June 16'.
Date in custom 'MMM-yy' date time format. Example: 'Jun-16'.
Date time in standard g date time format. Example: '06/13/2016 17:54'.
Date time in standard G date time format. Example: '06/13/2016 17:54:28'.
Time in custom 'HH:mm' date time format. Example: '17:54'.
Time in custom 'HH:mm:ss' date time format. Example: '17:54:28'.
Time in custom 'h:mm tt' date time format. Example: '5:54 PM'.
Time in custom 'h:mm:ss tt' date time format. Example: '5:54:28 PM'.
Field type is not supported by GemBox.Presentation component.
Represents a vertical line break.
Text Boxes Example
Gets the value.
The value.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
Represents a set of formatting properties related to bulleted or numbered lists that can be applied to a .
Gets the type of the list.
Default value is .
Use members , , or to set list type.
The type of the list.
Gets or sets the list indent level.
Default value is 0.
The list indent level.
Value is not between 0 and 8 (inclusive).
Gets or sets the numbering scheme of the numbered list.
Default value is .
This allows specifying formats other than strictly numbers.
For instance, a set of bullets can be represented by a series of Roman numerals instead of the standard 1,2,3, etc. number set.
The numbering scheme of the numbered list.
Gets or sets the number that starts a given sequence of a numbered list.
Default value is 1 if is ; otherwise, -1.
When the numbering is alphabetical, the number should map to the appropriate letter.
For instance 1 maps to 'a', 2 to 'b' and so on.
If the numbers are larger than 26, then multiple letters should be used.
For instance 27 should be represented as 'aa' and similarly 53 should be 'aaa'.
The number that starts a given sequence of a numbered list.
Value is not between 1 and 32767 (inclusive).
Gets or sets the bullet scheme of the bulleted list.
Default value is .
This allows specifying character and font of predefined list bullets.
The bullet scheme of the bulleted list.
Value is not supported. Set property instead.
Gets or sets the character to be used in place of the standard bullet point.
Default value is .
The character to be used in place of the standard bullet point.
Gets or sets the picture to be applied to a set of bullets.
Default value is .
The picture to be applied to a set of bullets.
Gets or sets the color to be used on bullet characters within a given .
The color to be used on bullet characters within a given .
Gets or sets the absolute size to be used on bullet characters within a given .
The absolute size to be used on bullet characters within a given .
Value is not between 1 pt and 4000 pt (inclusive).
Gets or sets the size in percentage of the surrounding text to be used on bullet characters within a given .
The size in percentage of the surrounding text to be used on bullet characters within a given .
Value is not between 25% and 400% (inclusive).
Gets or sets the font to be used on bullet characters within a given .
The font to be used on bullet characters within a given .
Value is or .
Sets the bullet picture.
The picture stream.
Content type of the picture stream.
is .
Sets the bullet picture.
The picture stream.
Content type (MIME type) of the picture stream.
is or .
Represents a paragraph of text.
Text Boxes Example
Gets the paragraph text elements.
The paragraph text elements.
Gets the parent object such as a or a , or if text paragraph was deleted.
The parent object such as a or a , or if text paragraph was deleted.
Gets the slide associated with this text paragraph.
The slide associated with this text paragraph.
Gets or sets the paragraph's formatting options.
The paragraph's formatting options.
This property always returns a new instance of a that points to data associated with this paragraph.
This reduces memory footprint since simpler internal structures can be used to hold the data and execution time increase is negligible since Garbage Collector has a very good performance for a short-lived (Generation 0) objects.
When setting a value, instance of a won't actually be stored in this paragraph, but the data to which the instance points to will be copied. This enables easy copying of complex properties from one text element to another.
Paragraph Formatting Example
Gets the content range of the current .
The content range of the current .
The property always returns a new instance of the class.
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Adds a new run of text to the paragraph.
The text.
The run of text added to the paragraph.
Parameter is either or , or it contains character '\v', '\r' or '\n'.
Character '\v' represents a line break and a instance should be added instead. Characters '\r' and '\n' represent a paragraph break and a instance should be added instead.
Adds a new text field to the paragraph.
Type of the field. property is set based on the field type.
The text field added to the paragraph.
Adds a new text field to the paragraph.
Type of the field that is not supported by enumeration.
The field text.
The text field added to the paragraph.
Parameter contains character '\v', '\r' or '\n'.
Character '\v' represents a line break and a instance should be added instead. Characters '\r' and '\n' represent a paragraph break and a instance should be added instead.
Adds a new line break to the paragraph.
The line break added to the paragraph.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
Represents a collection of s.
Gets the text content of the current .
The text content of the current .
For more information, see Find and Replace example.
Find and Replace example
Gets the number of s contained in the collection.
The number of s contained in the collection.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get or set.
The at the specified index.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The to insert into the collection.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Adds a to the end of the collection.
The to be added to the end of the collection.
is .
is already contained in another or it belongs to another .
Removes the at the specified index of the collection.
The zero-based index of the to remove.
is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .
Determines whether a is in the collection.
The to locate in the collection.
if is found in the collection; otherwise, .
is .
Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.
The to locate in the collection.
The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.
The to remove from the collection.
if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.
Removes all s from the collection.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .
An for the collection.
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Inserts a clone of the to the collection at the specified index. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The zero-based index at which clone of the should be inserted.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the inserted to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection.
The source that will be cloned.
The context used to maintain reference mapping in multiple cloning operations.
A clone of the added to the collection.
or parameter is .
is not associated with the or the current collection is not associated with the of the .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Adds a clone of the to the end of the collection. Clone will be formatted using the destination theme.
The source that will be cloned.
A clone of the added to the collection.
parameter is .
Cloning is a process when one or more objects from a presentation are duplicated.
Objects can be duplicated to the same or another presentation and to the same or another location (for example, to another slide).
Cloning methods are available on collection types, such as , ,
or . Exception is the type that has a method
used to make a deep clone of the entire presentation. Cloning methods available on the collection types have two forms: and to append the duplicate to the collection or insert it into a specific location in the collection.
Objects contained in the presentation can contain references to other objects.
For example, contains a reference to its parent layout template,
can contain a reference to drawings that it connects ( and ),
can contain a reference to
or that should be shown when the action is triggered.
When cloning multiple objects, the desired behavior is to maintain these references in the duplicated objects so that, for example, when is cloned,
and later when drawings that it connects are cloned, the duplicated also connects duplicates of the original drawings that are connected.
This reference mapping between an original object and its duplicate is maintained by the instance of the type.
instance is created with static method.
Each object can be cloned exactly once using the same instance.
If you want to clone the same object multiple times, each time a new instance must be used.
is the most useful when cloning multiple objects one after another or when you want to change a behavior of the cloning operation.
Behavior of the cloning operation can be changed by using method.
With this method you can make an explicit mapping between objects and cloning process will respect that mapping.
For example, if you are cloning a instance to another default behavior would be that
its parent template and would also be cloned to another .
This behavior can be changed by making an explicit mapping from the that is the of the
that will be cloned to some in the another that we wish to be a of the duplicated .
Explicit mapping with method can currently be made between following type (and their derivatives) instances: , , and .
Cloning Example
Represents a set of formatting properties that can be applied to a .
Paragraph Formatting Example
Gets or sets the alignment that is to be applied to the paragraph.
Default value is .
The alignment that is to be applied to the paragraph.
Gets or sets the indentation before text of the .
This is specified in addition to the and applies only to this .
That is the and the are additive with respect to the text position.
Default value is 0.
The indentation before text of the .
Value is not between 0 and 142.24 cm.
Gets or sets the special indentation that is applied to the first line of text in the .
Positive value specifies First line indentation, negative values specifies Hanging indentation and value of zero is considered to be at the same location as property.
Default value is 0.
The special indentation that is applied to the first line of text in the .
Value is not between -142.24 cm and 142.24 cm.
Gets or sets the amount of vertical white space that is present before a . This space is specified in either percentage or absolute value via structure.
Default value is equal to .
Percentage based value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and 0 point value is exported instead.
The amount of vertical white space that is present before a .
Gets or sets the amount of vertical white space that is present after a . This space is specified in either percentage or absolute value via structure.
Default value is equal to .
Percentage based value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and 0 point value is exported instead.
The amount of vertical white space that is present after a .
Gets or sets the vertical line spacing that is to be used within a . This can be specified in two different ways, percentage spacing and absolute spacing via structure.
Default value is equal to .
The vertical line spacing that is to be used within a .
When true, this is a right-to-left paragraph.
if this is right-to-left paragraph; otherwise, .
Gets all tab stops that are to be used within a .
Default value is empty .
All tab stops that are to be used within a .
These tabs should be used when describing any custom tab stops within the document. If these are not specified then the should be used.
Gets the paragraph's list (bulleted or numbered) formatting options.
The paragraph's list (bulleted or numbered) formatting options.
Gets or sets the default character formatting options for all s within a containing .
These options are used when child doesn't have a specific character formatting options from specified.
The default character formatting options for all s within a containing .
This property always returns a new instance of a that points to data associated with this paragraph formatting.
This reduces memory footprint since simpler internal structures can be used to hold the data and execution time increase is negligible since Garbage Collector has a very good performance for a short-lived (Generation 0) objects.
Represents a run of text.
Text Boxes Example
Gets the value.
The value.
Gets or sets the text.
The text.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
Represents inter-paragraph and inter-line spacing specified either in percentages of the text size or as an absolute value.
Text spacing is absent (zero).
Text spacing that is equivalent to 100% of the text size.
Text spacing that is equivalent to 150% of the text size.
Text spacing that is equivalent to 200% of the text size.
Creates a text spacing instance from the specified absolute value.
The absolute value of the text spacing.
A text spacing instance that represents the specified absolute text spacing.
Argument is not between 0 and 55.88 cm.
Creates a text spacing instance from the specified percentage value.
If parameter is equal to 1, then returned text spacing is equal to .
If parameter is equal to 1.5, then returned text spacing is equal to .
If parameter is equal to 2, then returned text spacing is equal to .
The percentage value of the text spacing.
A text spacing instance that represents the specified percentage text spacing.
Argument is not between 0 and 10 (exclusive).
Gets the text spacing value.
The text spacing value.
Text spacing is specified in percentages.
Gets the text spacing percentage.
The text spacing percentage.
Text spacing is not specified in percentages.
Gets a value indicating whether this text spacing is specified in percentages.
if this text spacing is specified in percentages; otherwise, .
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Determines whether the is equal to this instance.
The other text spacing to compare with this text spacing instance.
if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this text spacing instance.
if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .
Returns a hash code for this instance.
An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.
Determines whether and s are equal.
The first text spacing.
The second text spacing.
if and text spacings are equal; otherwise, .
Determines whether and s are not equal.
The first text spacing.
The second text spacing.
if and text spacings are not equal; otherwise, .
Represents a text element that is not recognized by the GemBox.Presentation component.
This type can either represent some text element that is supported by a particular input file format supported by the GemBox.Presentation component or some user-defined text element.
In either case, text element is not supported by the GemBox.Presentation component (no additional behavior or information about it can be obtained through the GemBox.Presentation API).
This type is used for preserving not supported text elements when reading and writing a presentation to a same file format.
This type can also be used for user-defined text elements.
Information contained in the property is either internal to GemBox.Presentation component (when the type is used for preserving not supported text elements) or is user-specific type (when the type is used for user-defined text elements).
Gets the data of this text element.
The data of this text element.
Value type is either internal to GemBox.Presentation component (when the type is used for preserving not supported text elements) or is user-specific type (when the type is used for user-defined text elements).
Gets the value.
The value.
Returns .
.
An enumeration of supported compression schemes for Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) when saving a to an image using an .
The encoder attempts to save the bitmap with the best possible compression schema.
The Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) image will not be compressed.
The CCITT3 compression schema.
The CCITT4 compression schema.
The LZW compression schema.
The RLE compression schema.
Zip compression schema.
Indicates whether/how to flip the contents of a tile region when using it to fill a larger fill region.
Tiles are not flipped.
Tiles are flipped horizontally.
Tiles are flipped vertically.
Tiles are flipped both horizontally and vertically.
Represents a change to a variation of the selected transition.
Variations let you change properties of a transition effect, such as its direction.
Slide Transition Example
No effect.
Smoothly.
Valid for following transition types:
Through Black.
Valid for following transition types: ,
From Bottom.
Valid for following transition types: , , , ,
, , , , ,
From Left.
Valid for following transition types: , , , ,
, , , , ,
, , , ,
From Right.
Valid for following transition types: , , , ,
, , , , ,
, , ,
From Top.
Valid for following transition types: , , , ,
, , , , ,
,
From Top-Right.
Valid for following transition types: , , ,
From Bottom-Right.
Valid for following transition types: , , ,
From Top-Left.
Valid for following transition types: , , ,
From Bottom-Left.
Valid for following transition types: , , ,
Vertical Out.
Valid for following transition types:
Horizontal In.
Valid for following transition types:
Horizontal Out.
Valid for following transition types:
Vertical In.
Valid for following transition types:
Smoothly From Right.
Valid for following transition types:
Smoothly From Left.
Valid for following transition types:
Through Black From Right.
Valid for following transition types:
Through Black From Left.
Valid for following transition types:
Vertical.
Valid for following transition types: , , , ,
Horizontal.
Valid for following transition types: , , , ,
Circle.
Valid for following transition types:
Diamond.
Valid for following transition types:
Plus.
Valid for following transition types:
In.
Valid for following transition types: , ,
Out.
Valid for following transition types: , ,
Left.
Valid for following transition types: , , , ,
, , ,
Right.
Valid for following transition types: , , , ,
, , ,
Double Left.
Valid for following transition types:
Double Right.
Valid for following transition types:
Single Left.
Valid for following transition types:
Single Right.
Valid for following transition types:
Clockwise.
Valid for following transition types:
Counterclockwise.
Valid for following transition types:
Wedge.
Valid for following transition types:
Center.
Valid for following transition types:
Hexagons From Left.
Valid for following transition types:
Hexagons From Top.
Valid for following transition types:
Hexagons From Right.
Valid for following transition types:
Hexagons From Bottom.
Valid for following transition types:
Diamonds From Left.
Valid for following transition types:
Diamonds From Top.
Valid for following transition types:
Diamonds From Right.
Valid for following transition types:
Diamonds From Bottom.
Valid for following transition types:
Strips In.
Valid for following transition types:
Strips Out.
Valid for following transition types:
Particles In.
Valid for following transition types:
Particles Out.
Valid for following transition types:
Zoom And Rotate.
Valid for following transition types:
In With Bounce.
Valid for following transition types:
Out With Bounce.
Valid for following transition types:
Represents the allowed transition speeds for transitioning from the current slide to the next.
Fast slide transition.
Medium slide transition.
Slow slide transition.
Represents types of slide transitions.
Slide Transition Example
None.
Cut.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Fade.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Push.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
and .
Wipe.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
, , ,
, and .
Split.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
and .
Reveal.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
and .
Random Bars.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Shape.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
, and .
Uncover.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
, , ,
, and .
Cover.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
, , ,
, and .
Flash.
No transition effects.
Fall Over.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Drape.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Curtains.
No transition effects.
Wind.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Prestige.
No transition effects.
Fracture.
No transition effects.
Crush.
No transition effects.
Peel Off.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Page Curl.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
and .
Airplane.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Origami.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Dissolve.
No transition effects.
Checkerboard.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Blinds.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Clock.
Used with following transition effects: ,
and .
Ripple.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
, and .
Honeycomb.
No transition effects.
Glitter.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
, , ,
, and .
Vortex.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
and .
Shred.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
and .
Switch.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Flip.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Gallery.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Cube.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
and .
Doors.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Box.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
and .
Comb.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Zoom.
Used with following transition effects: ,
and .
Random.
No transition effects.
Pan.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
and .
Ferris Wheel.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Conveyor.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Rotate.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
and .
Window.
Used with following transition effects: and .
Orbit.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
and .
FlyThrough.
Used with following transition effects: , ,
and .
Represents a text underline style.
Do not underline the text.
Underline the text with a single line of normal thickness.
Underline the text with two lines of normal thickness.
Underline the text with a single, thick line.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Underline the text with a single, dotted line of normal thickness.
Underline the text with a single, thick, dotted line.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Underline the text with a single, dashed line of normal thickness.
Underline the text with a single, dashed, thick line.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Underline the text with a single line consisting of long dashes of normal thickness.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Underline the text with a single line consisting of long, thick dashes.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Underline the text with a single line of normal thickness consisting of repeating dots and dashes.
Underline the text with a single, thick line consisting of repeating dots and dashes.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Underline the text with a single line of normal thickness consisting of repeating two dots and dashes.
Underline the text with a single, thick line consisting of repeating two dots and dashes.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Underline the text with a single wavy line of normal thickness.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Underline the text with a single, thick wavy line.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Underline the text with two wavy lines of normal thickness.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Underline just the words and not the spaces between them.
Represents a drawing that is not recognized by the GemBox.Presentation component.
This type can either represent some drawing that is supported by a particular input file format supported by the GemBox.Presentation component or some user-defined drawing.
In either case, drawing is not supported by the GemBox.Presentation component (no additional behavior or information about it can be obtained through the GemBox.Presentation API).
This type is used for preserving not supported drawings when reading and writing a presentation to the same file format.
This type can also be used for user-defined drawings, although type is more appropriate for this purpose.
Information contained in the property is either internal to GemBox.Presentation component (when the type is used for preserving not supported drawings) or is user-specific type (when the type is used for user-defined drawings).
Gets or sets the data of this drawing.
The data of this drawing.
Value can be set only once and it cannot be a .
Value type is either internal to GemBox.Presentation component (when the type is used for preserving not supported drawings) or is user-specific type (when the type is used for user-defined drawings).
Gets the value.
The value.
Represents the module in .
Gets or sets the name of .
Gets or sets the code of .
Gets the type of .
Represents the collection of .
Gets the number of elements contained.
Gets the at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the to get.
that corresponds to the given index.
Gets the with the given name.
Name of the to get.
that corresponds to the given name.
Creates and returns a new with the given name and with the type of .
Name of the returning .
that is created and added to the collection.
Removes all items from the collection.
Indicates whether this collection contains the object with the specified .
The name of the module to locate.
if the collection contains an item with the ; otherwise, .
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
A that can be used to iterate through the collection.
Removes the by name.
Name of the contained in the collection.
Removes the given .
The that will be removed from this collection.
Removes the from the given index.
The index of the that will be removed.
Tries to get the with the specified .
Name of the contained in the collection.
The found with the given .
if the collection contains an item with the ; otherwise, .
Creates and returns a new with the given name and type.
If the given is , returning will be bound to .
Name of the returning .
Type of the returning .
that is created and added to the collection.
Clones and returns a new from the given module.
Source to be cloned.
that is cloned and added to the collection.
Represents the type of .
A collection of subroutines and functions.
A type of VBA project item that specifies a module for embedded macros and programmatic access operations that are associated with a document.
A module that contains the definition for a new object. Each instance of a class creates a new object, and procedures that are defined in the module become properties and methods of the object.
A VBA module that extends the methods and properties of an ActiveX control that has been registered with the project.
Represents the VBA project.
Gets all objects.
Gets or sets the name of the .
Deletes this VBA project from the workbook.
Represents an enumeration of available vertical alignments for text.
Align the text to the top of the bounding rectangle.
Align the text to the middle of the bounding rectangle.
Align the text to the bottom of the bounding rectangle.
Anchor the text so that it is justified vertically.
When text is horizontal, this spaces out the actual lines of text and is almost always identical in behavior to (special case: if only 1 line, then aligned to ).
When text is vertical, then it justifies the letters vertically. This is different than , because in some cases such as very little text in a line, it does not justify.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Align the text so that it is distributed vertically.
When text is horizontal, this spaces out the actual lines of text and is almost always identical in behavior to (special case: if only 1 line, then aligned to ).
When text is vertical, then it distributes the letters vertically. This is different than , because it always forces distribution of the words, even if there are only one or two words in a line.
This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.
Represents presentation-wide view properties.
Gets the common view properties associated with the slide view mode.
The common view properties associated with the slide view mode.
Gets the common view properties associated with the notes view mode.
The common view properties associated with the notes view mode.
Represents a base type for all drawings that have a visual appearance in a specific position and of a specific size.
Gets or sets the name of this drawing.
The name of this drawing.
Name cannot be , or consist only of white-space characters.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether this drawing is hidden.
Drawing is automatically hidden if any of its ancestor is hidden.
Default value is .
if drawing or any of its ancestor is hidden; otherwise, .
Gets or sets the alternative, text-based representation of the information contained in this drawing.
To remove an alternative, text-based representation from this drawing, set this property to .
The alternative, text-based representation of the information contained in this drawing.
This property always returns a new instance of a that points to data associated with this drawing.
This reduces memory footprint since simpler internal structures can be used to hold the data and execution time increase is negligible since Garbage Collector has a very good performance for a short-lived (Generation 0) objects.
When setting a value, instance of a won't actually be stored in this drawing, but the data to which the instance points to will be copied. This enables easy copying of complex properties from one drawing to another.
Gets or sets the action settings for this drawing that specify what should happen when the user clicks on this drawing or hovers over this drawing with a pointing device such as a computer mouse.
To remove all actions from this drawing, set this property to .
The action settings for this drawing that specify what should happen when the user clicks on this drawing or hovers over this drawing with a pointing device such as a computer mouse.
This property always returns a new instance of a that points to data associated with this drawing.
This reduces memory footprint since simpler internal structures can be used to hold the data and execution time increase is negligible since Garbage Collector has a very good performance for a short-lived (Generation 0) objects.
When setting a value, instance of a won't actually be stored in this drawing, but the data to which the instance points to will be copied. This enables easy copying of complex properties from one drawing to another.
Hyperlinks Example
Gets or sets the locking settings for this drawing.
These settings inform the application about specific drawing properties that have been previously locked and thus should not be changed by the user when viewing a drawing in an application.
Default value is .
The locking settings for this drawing.
Some values are applicable only to certain derived types. Specified input values will be automatically coerced to a set of valid values for a specific derived type as documented in members documentation.
Gets the placeholder settings for this drawing if the drawing is a placeholder; otherwise, .
The placeholder settings for this drawing if the drawing is a placeholder; otherwise, .
This property always returns a new instance of a that points to data associated with this drawing.
This reduces memory footprint since simpler internal structures can be used to hold the data and execution time increase is negligible since Garbage Collector has a very good performance for a short-lived (Generation 0) objects.
Placeholders Example
Gets or sets the customer defined data.
The customer defined data.
Gets or sets the location, size and transformations (flipping and rotation) of the bounding box enclosing this drawing.
The location, size and transformations (flipping and rotation) of the bounding box enclosing this drawing.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).
Formats this to its default size so it can be exported to PDF, XPS, image, or be printed.
that can be exported to PDF, XPS, image, or be printed.
Drawing cannot be formatted because it doesn't belong to any slide.
Formats this to its default size so it can be exported to PDF, XPS, image, or be printed.
The options used to specify which parts of the visual drawing to update while formatting it.
that can be exported to PDF, XPS, image, or be printed.
Drawing cannot be formatted because it doesn't belong to any slide.
Formats this to specified size so it can be exported to PDF, XPS, image, or be printed.
The formatted drawing width.
The formatted drawing height.
The formatted drawing width / height length unit.
that can be exported to PDF, XPS, image, or be printed.
Drawing cannot be formatted because it doesn't belong to any slide.
Formats this to specified size so it can be exported to PDF, XPS, image, or be printed.
The formatted drawing width.
The formatted drawing height.
The formatted drawing width / height length unit.
The options used to specify which parts of the visual drawing to update while formatting it.
that can be exported to PDF, XPS, image, or be printed.
Drawing cannot be formatted because it doesn't belong to any slide.
Represents a base type for geometric and group shapes.
Gets or sets the shape's formatting options.
The shape's formatting options.
This property always returns a new instance of a that points to data associated with this shape.
This reduces memory footprint since simpler internal structures can be used to hold the data and execution time increase is negligible since Garbage Collector has a very good performance for a short-lived (Generation 0) objects.
When setting a value, instance of a won't actually be stored in this shape, but the data to which the instance points to will be copied. This enables easy copying of complex properties from one drawing to another.
Shape Formatting Example
Provides helper methods for dealing with Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) dispatcherresource leaks in multithreaded applications.
GemBox uses or might use WPF for the following operations:
printing,
converting to an XpsDocument or an ImageSource,
saving to an XPS file or an image file,
getting page or drawing content as FrameworkElement,
bitmap decoding and encoding,
rasterizing the vectorized content,
text formatting (shaping),
converting colors between custom color spaces,
transferring data to and from the system Clipboard, and other.
For some of these operations, such as printing and converting to an ImageSource, the use of WPF is mandatory because no alternative is currently provided or possible.
For other operations, an alternative to WPF might be used instead.
For example, for saving to an XPS file or an image file and rasterizing the vectorized content, Skia (via SkiaSharp NuGet package) might be used instead.
For bitmap decoding and encoding, GDI+, Skia, or internal GemBox implementation might be used instead.
And for text shaping, HarfBuzz (via HarfBuzzSharp NuGet package) or internal GemBox implementation might be used instead.
If WPF is used in a non-WPF application or in a WPF application but not in its main (UI) thread, the instance of a Dispatcher class is implicitly created for each thread in which WPF is used and this instance must be shutdown before the thread terminates, otherwise the resource leak happens.
The Dispatcher shutdown must be invoked in the same thread in which the Dispatcher was created.
Since GemBox doesn't know if the code running after the GemBox code in the same thread might use WPF (and therefore require a Dispatcher instance that is not shutdown) nor GemBox has an option to be notified before a thread terminates (to shutdown the Dispatcher then and prevent the resource leak), GemBox won't use WPF in a thread that doesn't already have an associated Dispatcher or if it was already shutdown.
In other words, GemBox guarantees that its code won't initiate a creation of a Dispatcher instance in any currently existing thread, except those listed below, thus preventing the resource leak.
Therefore, for operations for which the use of WPF is not mandatory, an alternative to WPF will be used instead, and for operations for which the use of WPF is mandatory, GemBox will create a new thread, associate a new Dispatcher with it, use WPF in that thread, and shutdown the Dispatcher before that thread terminates thus preventing the resource leak.
In the meantime, the current thread will wait for this thread to terminate via the Join method.
For reasons explained below, GemBox might still initiate a creation of a Dispatcher instance in the following threads without shutting it down, thus allowing the resource leak to happen:
-
The thread in which you set the to because with this operation you explicitly allow the thread to leak resources.
-
The main (primary) thread of your application because when it terminates, the application's process exists and the operating system reclaims all used resources.
-
Threads whose name ends with 'GemBox WPF background thread' because GemBox component and testing infrastructure relies on this.
If you want GemBox to use WPF (for operations for which the use of WPF is mandatory) or to consider using WPF (for operations for which an alternative to WPF might be used instead) in the current thread, you must create a Dispatcher instance for the current thread and you mustshutdown the Dispatcher before that thread terminates to prevent the resource leak.
A utility method can be used for this purpose.
The returned must be disposed before the current thread terminates to shutdown the newly createdDispatcher and prevent the resource leak.
If the of the returned is then GemBox will use or consider using WPF in the current thread; otherwise, if the value is , GemBox won't use WPF in the current thread because its Dispatcher is already shutdown.
You should create and shutdown the Dispatcher instance for the current thread (for example, with the method and the returned ) only if you created the current thread or it is the main (primary) thread of your application.
Otherwise, the thread might belong to the managed thread pool and/or the code running after your code in that thread might use WPF and therefore require a Dispatcher instance that is not shutdown.
WPF Threading Model
WPF Architecture - System.Threading.DispatcherObject
HwndWrapper leaks class registrations (ATOMs returned by RegisterClassEx)
Atom table leak after window running on a separate thread closes (Check the demo)
Atom Table Monitor
Gets or sets the maximum number of Dispatcher instances associated with terminated threads that have not been shutdown while their associated thread was alive, thus leaking resources.
If the value is negative, then counting of Dispatcher instances associated with terminated threads that have not been shutdown while their associated thread was alive is not performed.
Default value: -1.
The maximum number of Dispatcher instances associated with terminated threads that have not been shutdown while their associated thread was alive.
For diagnostics purposes of reliably detecting the dispatcherresource leaks in multithreaded applications, you can set the value of the property to a non-negative value and optionally use in each newly created thread.
If you want the current thread to be excluded from this verification and allow it to leak resources, set the to .
Setting the to also enables GemBox to use or consider using WPF in the current thread without GemBox shutting down the associated Dispatcher instance thus allowing GemBox code to leak resources.
Gets or sets the value whether the Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread must be shutdown before the current thread terminates in the context of verification done by the method.
The default list of threads whose associated Dispatcher instance doesn't have to be shutdown are listed in the remarks of the class.
to include the current thread to the the verification done by the method; otherwise, to exclude the current thread from the the verification done by the method thus allowing it to leak resources.
Iterates over the list of threads in which was called and counts the number of Dispatcher instances associated with terminated threads that have not been shutdown while their associated thread was alive, thus leaking resources, and throws an if that number is greater than the .
If the value of the is negative, then this method does nothing.
The application is leaking more resources that specified by the limit. Please read the documentation of the class for more information how to prevent the resource leak.
Creates a Dispatcher instance for the current thread if it was not already created.
The returned must be disposed before the current thread terminates to shutdown the newly createdDispatcher and prevent the resource leak.
Use this method if you want GemBox to use WPF (for operations for which the use of WPF is mandatory) or to consider using WPF (for operations for which an alternative to WPF might be used instead) in the current thread.
If the of the returned is then GemBox will use or consider using WPF in the current thread; otherwise, if the value is , GemBox won't use WPF in the current thread because its Dispatcher is already shutdown.
You should call this method only if you created the current thread or it is the main (primary) thread of your application.
Otherwise, the thread might belong to the managed thread pool and/or the code running after your code in that thread might use WPF and therefore require a Dispatcher instance that is not shutdown.
For more information, read the class remarks.
A instance that must be disposed before the current thread terminates to shutdown the newly createdDispatcher and prevent the resource leak.
Represents the Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread and provides a means to shut it down if it was newly created before the current thread terminates, thus preventing the resource leak.
Gets a value indicating whether a Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread was created with the method call or it already existed before.
if a Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread was created with the method call; otherwise, if it already existed before.
The method will shutdown the Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread only if the value of this property is .
Gets a value indicating a Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread is already shutdown.
if a Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread is already shutdown; otherwise, .
If the value of this property is then GemBox will use or consider using WPF in the current thread; otherwise, if the value is , GemBox won't use WPF in the current thread because its Dispatcher is already shutdown.
Shuts down the Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread if it was newly created.
The call was not made in the same thread in which the method was called.
This method must be called in the same thread in which the method was called.